6.5.2 Transmit modulation

36.521-13GPPEvolved Universal Terrestrial Radio Access (E-UTRA)Part 1: Conformance testingRadio transmission and receptionRelease 17TSUser Equipment (UE) conformance specification

Tools: ARFCN - Frequency Conversion for 5G NR/LTE/UMTS/GSM

Transmit modulation defines the modulation quality for expected in-channel RF transmissions from the UE. This transmit modulation limit is specified in terms of:

– Error Vector Magnitude (EVM) for the allocated resources blocks (RB),

– EVM equalizer spectrum flatness derived from the equalizer coefficients generated by the EVM measurement process

– Carrier leakage

In-band emissions for the non-allocated RB

6.5.2.1 Error Vector Magnitude (EVM)

6.5.2.1.1 Test Purpose

The Error Vector Magnitude is a measure of the difference between the reference waveform and the measured waveform. This difference is called the error vector. Before calculating the EVM the measured waveform is corrected by the sample timing offset and RF frequency offset. Then the carrier leakage shall be removed from the measured waveform before calculating the EVM.

The measured waveform is further modified by selecting the absolute phase and absolute amplitude of the Tx chain. The EVM result is defined after the front-end IDFT as the square root of the ratio of the mean error vector power to the mean reference power expressed as a %.

The basic EVM measurement interval in the time domain is one preamble sequence for the PRACH and is one slot for the PUCCH and PUSCH in the time domain. When the PUSCH or PUCCH transmission slot is shortened due to multiplexing with SRS, the EVM measurement interval is reduced by one symbol, accordingly. Likewise, when the PUSCH starting position is modified or when second last symbol is the ending symbol of the PUSCH sub-frame for Frame Structure Type 3, the EVM measurement interval is reduced accordingly. The PUSCH or PUCCH EVM measurement interval is also reduced when the mean power, modulation or allocation between slots is expected to change. In the case of PUSCH transmission, the measurement interval is reduced by a time interval equal to the sum of 5 μs and the applicable exclusion period defined in subclause 6.3.4, adjacent to the boundary where the power change is expected to occur. The PUSCH exclusion period is applied to the signal obtained after the front-end IDFT. In the case of PUCCH transmission, the PUCCH EVM measurement interval is reduced by one symbol adjacent to the slot boundary.

6.5.2.1.2 Test applicability

This test case applies to all types of E-UTRA UE release 8 and forward.

6.5.2.1.3 Minimum conformance requirements

EVM measurements are evaluated for 10 uplink sub-frames excluding any transient period for the average EVM case, and 60 subframes excluding any transient period for the reference signal EVM case, the different modulations schemes shall not exceed the values specified in Table 6.5.2.1.3-1 for the parameters defined in Table 6.5.2.1.3-2. For EVM evaluation purposes, [all PRACH preamble formats 0-4 and] all PUCCH formats 1, 1a, 1b, 2, 2a and 2b are considered to have the same EVM requirement as QPSK modulated.

Table 6.5.2.1.3-1: Minimum requirements for Error Vector Magnitude

Parameter	Unit	Average EVM Level	Reference Signal EVM Level
QPSK or BPSK	%	17.5	17.5
16QAM	%	12.5	12.5

Table 6.5.2.1.3-2: Parameters for Error Vector Magnitude

Parameter	Unit	Level
UE Output Power	dBm	≥ -40
Operating conditions		Normal conditions

The normative reference for this requirement is TS 36.101 [2] clause 6.5.2.1.1.

6.5.2.1.4 Test description

6.5.2.1.4.1 Initial conditions

Initial conditions are a set of test configurations the UE needs to be tested in and the steps for the SS to take with the UE to reach the correct measurement state.

The initial test configurations consist of environmental conditions, test frequencies, and channel bandwidths based on E-UTRA bands specified in table 5.4.2.1-1. All of these configurations shall be tested with applicable test parameters for each channel bandwidth, and are shown in table 6.5.2.1.4.1-1. The details of the uplink reference measurement channels (RMCs) are specified in Annex A.2. Configurations of PDSCH and PDCCH before measurement are specified in Annex C.2.

Table 6.5.2.1.4.1-1: Test Configuration Table for PUSCH

Initial Conditions
Test Environment (as specified in TS 36.508 [7] subclause 4.1)		NC
Test Frequencies (as specified in TS36.508 [7] subclause 4.3.1)		See Table 6.5.1.4.1-1
Test Channel Bandwidths (as specified in TS 36.508 [7] subclause 4.3.1)		See Table 6.5.1.4.1-1
Test Parameters for Channel Bandwidths
	Downlink Configuration	Uplink Configuration
Ch BW	N/A for PUSCH EVM testing	Modulation	RB allocation
			FDD	TDD
1.4MHz		QPSK	6	6
1.4MHz		QPSK	1	1
1.4MHz		16QAM	6	6
1.4MHz		16QAM	1	1
3MHz		QPSK	15	15
3MHz		QPSK	4	4
3MHz		16QAM	15	15
3MHz		16QAM	4	4
5MHz		QPSK	25	25
5MHz		QPSK	8	8
5MHz		16QAM	25	25
5MHz		16QAM	8	8
10MHz		QPSK	50	50
10MHz		QPSK	12	12
10MHz		16QAM	50 (Note 3)	50 (Note 3)
10MHz		16QAM	12	12
15MHz		QPSK	75	75
15MHz		QPSK	16	16
15MHz		16QAM	75 (Note 3)	75 (Note 3)
15MHz		16QAM	16	16
20MHz		QPSK	100	100
20MHz		QPSK	18	18
20MHz		16QAM	100 (Note 3)	100 (Note 3)
20MHz		16QAM	18	18
Note 1: Test Channel Bandwidths are checked separately for each E-UTRA band, which applicable channel bandwidths are specified in Table 5.4.2.1-1. Note 2: For partial RB allocation, the RB_start shall be RB #0 and RB# (max+1 – RB allocation) of the channel bandwidth. Note 3: Applies only for UE-Categories ≥2

Table 6.5.2.1.4.1-2: Test Configuration Table for PUCCH

Initial Conditions
Test Environment as specified in TS 36.508[7] subclause 4.1			NC
Test Frequencies as specified in TS36.508 [7] subclause 4.3.1			See Table 6.5.1.4.1-1
Test Channel Bandwidths as specified in TS 36.508 [7] subclause 4.3.1			See Table 6.5.1.4.1-1
Test Parameters for Channel Bandwidths
	Downlink Configuration			Uplink Configuration
Ch BW	Mod’n	RB allocation		FDD: PUCCH format = Format 1a TDD: PUCCH format = Format 1a / 1b
		FDD	TDD
1.4MHz	QPSK	3	3
3MHz	QPSK	4	4
5MHz	QPSK	8	8
10MHz	QPSK	16	16
15MHz	QPSK	25	25
20MHz	QPSK	30	30
Note 1: Test Channel Bandwidths are checked separately for each E-UTRA band, the applicable channel bandwidths are specified in Table 5.4.2.1-1.

Table 6.5.2.1.4.1-3: Test Configuration for PRACH

Initial Conditions
Test Environment (as specified in TS 36.508 [7] subclause 4.1)	NC
Test Frequencies (as specified in TS36.508 [7] subclause 4.3.1)	See Table 6.5.1.4.1-1
Test Channel Bandwidths (as specified in TS 36.508 [7] subclause 4.3.1)	See Table 6.5.1.4.1-1
PRACH preamble format
	FDD	TDD
PRACH Configuration Index	4	53
RS EPRE setting for test point 1 (dBm/15kHz)	-71	-63
RS EPRE setting for test point 2 (dBm/15kHz)	-86	-78

1. Connect the SS to the UE to the UE antenna connectors as shown in TS 36.508 [7] Annex A, Figure A.3.

2. The parameter settings for the cell are set up according to TS 36.508[7] subclause 4.4.3.

3. Downlink signals are initially set up according to Annex C0, C.1 and C.3.0, and uplink signals according to Annex H.1 and H.3.0.

4. The UL Reference Measurement channels are set according to in Table 6.5.2.1.4.1-1.

5. Propagation conditions are set according to Annex B.0

6. Ensure the UE is in State 3A-RF according to TS 36.508 [7] clause 5.2A.2. Message contents are defined in clause 6.5.2.1.4.3.

6.5.2.1.4.2 Test procedure

Test procedure for PUSCH:

1.1. SS sends uplink scheduling information for each UL HARQ process via PDCCH DCI format 0 for C_RNTI to schedule the UL RMC according to Table 6.5.2.1.4.1-1. Since the UE has no payload data to send, the UE transmits uplink MAC padding bits on the UL RMC.

1.2 Send continuously uplink power control "up" commands in the uplink scheduling information to the UE until the UE transmits at P_{UMAX level}.

1.3 Measure the EVM and using Global In-Channel Tx-Test (Annex E).

1.4 Send the appropriate TPC commands in the uplink scheduling information to the UE until UE output power is –36.8dBm ±3.2dB for carrier frequency f ≤ 3.0GHz or -36.5dBm ±3.5 dB for carrier frequency 3.0GHz < f ≤ 4.2GHz.

1.5 Measure the EVM and using Global In-Channel Tx-Test (Annex E).

Test procedure for PUCCH:

2.1 PUCCH are set according to Table 6.5.2.1.4.1-2.

2.2 SS transmits PDSCH via PDCCH DCI format 1A for C_RNTI to transmit the DL RMC according to Table 6.5.2.1.4.1-2. The SS sends downlink MAC padding bits on the DL RMC. The transmission of PDSCH will make the UE send uplink ACK/NACK using PUCCH. There is no PUSCH transmission.

2.3 SS send appropriate TPC commands for PUCCH to the UE until the UE transmit PUCCH at P_UMAXlevel.

2.4 Measure PUCCH EVM using Global In-Channel Tx-Test (Annex E).

2.5 Send the appropriate TPC commands for PUCCH to the UE until the UE transmits PUCCH at -36.8dBm ±3.2dB for carrier frequency f ≤ 3.0GHz or -36.5dBm ±3.5 dB for carrier frequency 3.0GHz < f ≤ 4.2GHz.

2.6 Measure PUCCH EVM using Global In-Channel Tx-Test (Annex E).

Test procedure for PRACH:

3.1 The SS shall set RS EPRE according to Table 6.5.2.1.4.1-3.

3.2 PRACH is set according to Table 6.5.2.1.4.1-3.

3.3 The SS shall signal a Random Access Preamble ID via a PDCCH order to the UE and initiate a Non-contention based Random Access procedure

3.4 The UE shall send the signalled preamble to the SS.

3.5 In response to the preamble, the SS shall transmit a random access response not corresponding to the transmitted random access preamble, or send no response.

3.6 The UE shall consider the random access response reception not successful then re-transmit the preamble with the calculated PRACH transmission power.

3.7 Repeat step 5 and 6 until the SS collect enough PRACH preambles (2 preambles for format 0 and 10 preambles for format 4). Measure the EVM in PRACH channel using Global In-Channel Tx-Test (Annex E).

6.5.2.1.4.3 Message contents

Message contents are according to TS 36.508 [7] subclause 4.6 with the following exceptions:

Table 6.5.2.1.4.3-1: PRACH-ConfCommonDEFAULT: PRACH EVM measurement for FDD

Derivation Path: TS 36.508 [7] clause 4.6.3, Table 4.6.3-7 PRACH-ConfCommonDEFAULT
Information Element	Value/remark	Comment	Condition
PRACH-ConfigInfo SEQUENCE {
prach-ConfigIndex	4

Table 6.5.2.1.4.3-2: PRACH-ConfCommonDEFAULT: PRACH EVM measurement for TDD

Derivation Path: TS 36.508 [7] clause 5.3.1, Table 5.3.1-1 PRACH-ConfCommonDEFAULT
Information Element	Value/remark	Comment	Condition
PRACH-ConfigInfo SEQUENCE {
prach-ConfigIndex	53

Table 6.5.2.1.4.3-4: RACH-ConfigCommon-DEFAULT: PRACH EVM measurement

Derivation Path: TS 36.508 [7] clause 4.6.3, Table 4.6.3-12 RACH-ConfigCommon-DEFAULT
Information Element	Value/remark	Comment	Condition
RACH-ConfigCommon-DEFAULT ::= SEQUENCE {
preambleInfo SEQUENCE {
numberOfRA-Preambles	n52
preamblesGroupAConfig SEQUENCE {}	Not present
}
powerRampingParameters SEQUENCE {
powerRampingStep	dB0
preambleInitialReceivedTargetPower	dBm-120 Test point 1 dBm-90 Test point 2
}
ra-SupervisionInfo SEQUENCE {
preambleTransMax	n10		FDD
	n20		TDD
ra-ResponseWindowSize	Sf10
mac-ContentionResolutionTimer	sf48
}
ra-SupervisionInfo SEQUENCE {

Table 6.5.2.1.4.3-5: TDD-Config-DEFAULT: PRACH EVM measurement for TDD

Derivation Path: TS 36.508 [7] clause 5.3.1, Table 5.3.1-1: TDD-Config-DEFAULT
Information Element	Value/remark	Comment	Condition
TDD-Config-DEFAULT ::= SEQUENCE {
subframeAssignment	sa1
specialSubframePatterns	ssp5	To enable two symbol UpPTS, and to have 9 symbols GP.
}

6.5.2.1.5 Test requirement

The PUSCH EVM derived in E.4.2 shall not exceed 17,5 % for QPSK and BPSK, 12,5% for 16 QAM.

The PUSCH derived in E.4.6.2 shall not exceed 17,5 % when embedded with data symbols of QPSK and BPSK, 12,5% for 16 QAM.

The PUCCH EVM and derived in E.5.9.2 shall not exceed 17,5 %.

The PRACH EVM derived in FFS shall not exceed 17.5%.

6.5.2.1_1 Error Vector Magnitude (EVM) for UL 64QAM

6.5.2.1_1.1 Test Purpose

Same test purpose as in clause 6.5.2.1.1

6.5.2.1_1.2 Test applicability

This test applies to E-UTRA UE from release 13 and forward that support UL 64QAM.

6.5.2.1_1.3 Minimum conformance requirements

The RMS average of the basic EVM measurements for 10 sub-frames excluding any transient period for the average EVM case, and 60 sub-frames excluding any transient period for the reference signal EVM case, for 64QAM shall not exceed the value specified in Table 6.5.2.1_1.3-1 for the parameters defined in Table 6.5.2.1_1.3-2.

Table 6.5.2.1_1.3-1: Minimum requirements for Error Vector Magnitude

Parameter	Unit	Average EVM Level	Reference Signal EVM Level
64QAM	%	8	8

Table 6.5.2.1_1.3-2: Parameters for Error Vector Magnitude

Parameter	Unit	Level
UE Output Power	dBm	≥ -40
Operating conditions		Normal conditions

The normative reference for this requirement is TS 36.101 [2] clause 6.5.2.1.1.

6.5.2.1_1.4 Test description

6.5.2.1_1.4.1 Initial conditions

Initial conditions are a set of test configurations the UE needs to be tested in and the steps for the SS to take with the UE to reach the correct measurement state.

The initial test configurations consist of environmental conditions, test frequencies, and channel bandwidths based on E-UTRA bands specified in table 5.4.2.1-1. All of these configurations shall be tested with applicable test parameters for each channel bandwidth, and are shown in table 6.5.2.1_1.4.1-1. The details of the uplink reference measurement channels (RMCs) are specified in Annex A.2. Configurations of PDSCH and PDCCH before measurement are specified in Annex C.2.

Table 6.5.2.1_1.4.1-1: Test Configuration Table for PUSCH

Initial Conditions
Test Environment (as specified in TS 36.508 [7] subclause 4.1)		NC
Test Frequencies (as specified in TS36.508 [7] subclause 4.3.1)		See Table 6.5.1.4.1-1
Test Channel Bandwidths (as specified in TS 36.508 [7] subclause 4.3.1)		See Table 6.5.1.4.1-1
Test Parameters for Channel Bandwidths
	Downlink Configuration	Uplink Configuration
Ch BW	N/A for PUSCH EVM testing	Mod’n	RB allocation
			FDD	TDD
1.4MHz		64QAM	6	6
1.4MHz		64QAM	1	1
3MHz		64QAM	15	15
3MHz		64QAM	4	4
5MHz		64QAM	25	25
5MHz		64QAM	8	8
10MHz		64QAM	50	50
10MHz		64QAM	12	12
15MHz		64QAM	75	75
15MHz		64QAM	16	16
20MHz		64QAM	100	100
20MHz		64QAM	18	18
Note 1: Test Channel Bandwidths are checked separately for each E-UTRA band, which applicable channel bandwidths are specified in Table 5.4.2.1-1. Note 2: For partial RB allocation, the RB_start shall be RB #0 and RB# (max+1 – RB allocation) of the channel bandwidth.

1. Connect the SS to the UE to the UE antenna connectors as shown in TS 36.508 [7] Annex A, Figure A.3.

2. The parameter settings for the cell are set up according to TS 36.508[7] subclause 4.4.3.

3. Downlink signals are initially set up according to Annex C0, C.1 and C.3.0, and uplink signals according to Annex H.1 and H.3.0.

4. The UL Reference Measurement channels are set according to in Table 6.5.2.1_1.4.1-1.

5. Propagation conditions are set according to Annex B.0

6. Ensure the UE is in State 3A-RF according to TS 36.508 [7] clause 5.2A.2. Message contents are defined in clause 6.5.2.1_1.4.3.

6.5.2.1_1.4.2 Test procedure

Same test procedure as in clause 6.5.2.1.4.2

6.5.2.1_1.4.3 Message contents

Message contents are according to TS 36.508 [7] subclause 4.6

6.5.2.1_1.5 Test requirement

The PUSCH EVM derived in E.4.2 shall not exceed 8% for 64QAM.

The PUSCH derived in E.4.6.2 shall not exceed 8% for 64QAM.

6.5.2.1_2 Error Vector Magnitude (EVM) for UL 256QAM

6.5.2.1_2.1 Test Purpose

Same test purpose as in clause 6.5.2.1.1

6.5.2.1_2.2 Test applicability

This test case applies to all types of E-UTRA UE release 14 and forward that support UL 256QAM.

6.5.2.1_2.3 Minimum conformance requirements

The RMS average of the basic EVM measurements for 10 sub-frames excluding any transient period for the average EVM case, and 60 sub-frames excluding any transient period for the reference signal EVM case, for 256QAM shall not exceed the value specified in Table 6.5.2.1_2.3-1 for the parameters defined in Table 6.5.2.1_2.3-2.

Table 6.5.2.1_2.3-1: Minimum requirements for Error Vector Magnitude

Parameter	Unit	Average EVM Level	Reference Signal EVM Level
256QAM	%	3.5	3.5

Table 6.5.2.1_2.3-2: Parameters for Error Vector Magnitude

Parameter	Unit	Level
UE Output Power for 256QAM	dBm	≥ -30
Operating conditions		Normal conditions

The normative reference for this requirement is TS 36.101 [2] clause 6.5.2.1.1.

6.5.2.1_2.4 Test description

6.5.2.1_2.4.1 Initial conditions

Initial conditions are a set of test configurations the UE needs to be tested in and the steps for the SS to take with the UE to reach the correct measurement state.

The initial test configurations consist of environmental conditions, test frequencies, and channel bandwidths based on E-UTRA bands specified in table 5.4.2.1-1. All of these configurations shall be tested with applicable test parameters for each channel bandwidth, and are shown in table 6.5.2.1_2.4.1-1. The details of the uplink reference measurement channels (RMCs) are specified in Annex A.2. Configurations of PDSCH and PDCCH before measurement are specified in Annex C.2.

Table 6.5.2.1_2.4.1-1: Test Configuration Table for PUSCH

Initial Conditions
Test Environment as specified in TS 36.508[7] subclause 4.1		NC
Test Frequencies as specified in TS36.508 [7] subclause 4.3.1		Low range, Mid range, High range
Test Channel Bandwidths as specified in TS 36.508 [7] subclause 4.3.1		Lowest, 5MHz, Highest
Test Parameters for Channel Bandwidths
	Downlink Configuration	Uplink Configuration
Ch BW	N/A for PUSCH EVM testing	Mod’n	RB allocation
			FDD	TDD
1.4MHz		256QAM	6	6
3MHz		256QAM	15	15
5MHz		256QAM	25	25
10MHz		256QAM	50	50
15MHz		256QAM	75	75
20MHz		256QAM	100	100
Note 1: Test Channel Bandwidths are checked separately for each E-UTRA band, which applicable channel bandwidths are specified in Table 5.4.2.1-1.

1. Connect the SS to the UE to the UE antenna connectors as shown in TS 36.508 [7] Annex A, Figure A.3.

2. The parameter settings for the cell are set up according to TS 36.508[7] subclause 4.4.3.

3. Downlink signals are initially set up according to Annex C.0, C.1 and C.3.0, and uplink signals according to Annex H.1 and H.3.0.

4. The UL Reference Measurement channels are set according to in Table 6.5.2.1_2.4.1-1.

5. Propagation conditions are set according to Annex B.0

6. Ensure the UE is in State 3A-RF according to TS 36.508 [7] clause 5.2A.2. Message contents are defined in clause 6.5.2.1_2.4.3.

6.5.2.1_2.4.2 Test procedure

1. SS sends uplink scheduling information for each UL HARQ process via PDCCH DCI format 0 for C_RNTI to schedule the UL RMC according to Table 6.5.2.1.4.1-1. Since the UE has no payload data to send, the UE transmits uplink MAC padding bits on the UL RMC.

2. Send continuously uplink power control "up" commands in the uplink scheduling information to the UE until the UE transmits at P_{UMAX level}.

3. Measure the EVM and using Global In-Channel Tx-Test (Annex E).

4. Send the appropriate TPC commands in the uplink scheduling information to the UE until UE output power is –26.8dBm ±3.2dB for carrier frequency f ≤ 3.0GHz or -26.5dBm ±3.5dB for carrier frequency 3.0GHz < f ≤ 4.2GHz.

5. Measure the EVM and using Global In-Channel Tx-Test (Annex E).

6.5.2.1_2.4.3 Message contents

Message contents are according to TS 36.508 [7] subclause 4.6

6.5.2.1_2.5 Test requirement

The PUSCH EVM derived in Annex E.4.2 shall not exceed the values in Table 6.5.2.1_2.5-1 for 256QAM.

The PUSCH derived in Annex E.4.6.2 shall not exceed the values in Table 6.5.2.1_2.5-1 when embedded with data symbols of 256QAM.

Table 6.5.2.1_2.5-1: Test requirements for 256QAM Error Vector Magnitude

UL Power	Unit	Average EVM Level
15 dBm < P_UL	%	3.8
-25 dBm < P_UL≤ 15 dBm	%	4.3
-30dBm ≤ P_UL ≤ -25dBm	%	4.6

6.5.2.1A PUSCH-EVM with exclusion period

6.5.2.1A.1 Test purpose

To verify the ability of the UE transmitter to keep the EVM minimum requirements, even in the presence of transients according to subclause 6.5.2.1.1 third paragraph:

In the case of PUSCH transmission, the measurement interval is reduced by a time interval equal to the sum of 5 μs and the applicable exclusion period defined in subclause 6.3.4, adjacent to the boundary where the power change is expected to occur. The PUSCH exclusion period is applied to the signal obtained after the front-end IDFT.

6.5.2.1A.2 Test applicability

This test applies to all types of E-UTRA UE release 8 and forward.

6.5.2.1A.3 Minimum conformance requirement

EVM measurements are evaluated for 10 uplink sub-frames in a reduced time interval due to exclusion periods for the average EVM. The different modulations schemes shall not exceed the values specified in Table 6.5.2.1.3-1 for the parameters defined in Table 6.5.2.1.3-2.

6.5.2.1A.4 Test description

6.5.2.1A.4.1 Initial conditions

Initial conditions are a set of test configurations the UE needs to be tested in and the steps for the SS to take with the UE to reach the correct measurement state.

The initial test configurations consist of environmental conditions, test frequencies, and channel bandwidths based on E-UTRA operating bands specified in table 5.4.2.1-1. All of these configurations shall be tested with applicable test parameters for each channel bandwidth, and are shown in table 6.5.2.1A.4.1-1. The details of the uplink reference measurement channels (RMCs) are specified in Annexes A.2. Configurations of PDSCH and PDCCH before measurement are specified in Annex C.2.

Table 6.5.2.1A.4.1-1: Test Configuration Table

Initial Conditions
Test Environment as specified in TS 36.508[7] subclause 4.1		Normal Conditions
Test Frequencies as specified in TS36.508 [7] subclause 4.3.1		Low range
Test Channel Bandwidths as specified in TS 36.508 [7] subclause 4.3.1		10 MHz
Test Parameters for Channel Bandwidths
	Downlink Configuration		Uplink Configuration
Ch BW	N/A		Mod’n	RB allocation
				FDD	TDD
10MHz			QPSK	Alternating 12 and 1 (as shown in Figure 6.5.2.1A.4.2-1)	Alternating 12 and 1 (as shown in Figure 6.5.2.1A.4.2-1)
10MHz			16 QAM	Alternating 12 and 1 (as shown in Figure 6.5.2.1A.4.2-1)	Alternating 12 and 1 (as shown in Figure 6.5.2.1A.4.2-1)

1. Connect the SS to the UE antenna connectors as shown in TS 36.508 [7] Annex A, Figure A.3.

2. The parameter settings for the cell are set up according to TS 36.508 [7] subclause 4.4.3.

3. Downlink signals are initially set up according to Annex C.0, C.1 and C.3.0, and uplink signals according to Annex H.1 and H.3.0.

4. The UL Reference Measurement channel is set according to table 6.5.2.1A.4.1-1

5. Propagation conditions are set according to Annex B.0.

6. Ensure the UE is in State 3A-RF according to TS 36.508 [7] clause 5.2A.2. Message contents are defined in clause 6.3.5.2.4.3.

6.5.2.1A.4.2 Test procedure

The test pattern is illustrated in figure 6.5.2.1A.4.2-1.

Figure 6.5.2.1A.4.2-1: Test pattern

NOTE 1: In TDD the free subframes are special subframes or DL, in FDD the free subframes are OFF.

1. SS sends uplink scheduling information for each UL HARQ process via PDCCH DCI format 0 for C_RNTI to schedule the PUSCH… Since the UE has no payload data to send, the UE transmits uplink MAC padding bits on the UL RMC. The initial uplink RB allocation is 12. Send appropriate TPC commands for PUSCH to the UE to ensure the UE transmits PUSCH at 0dBm ±3.2dB for carrier frequency f ≤ 3.0GHz or 0dBm ±3.5 dB for carrier frequency 3.0GHz < f ≤ 4.2GHz.

2. Schedule the UE’s PUSCH data transmission as described in Figure 6.5.2.1A.4.2-1 for 16¹⁾ active time slots with an uplink RB allocation alternating pattern as described in table 6.5.2.1A.4.1-1 while transmitting 0dB TPC command for PUSCH via the PDCCH.

3. Measure the EVM using Global In-Channel Tx-Test. The averaging across 16¹⁾ timeslots is done across mixed RB allocations, as illustrated in Figure 6.5.2.1A.4.2-1

NOTE 2: Averaging across 16 timeslots is used to represent each type of transition equally in the average.

6.5.2.1A.5 Test requirement

The PUSCH EVM derived in Annex E.4.2 taking into account Annex E.7 shall not exceed 17,5 % for QPSK and 12,5% for 16 QAM. The test requirements shall be fulfilled for early and late EVM window.

6.5.2.1E Error Vector Magnitude (EVM) for UE category 0

6.5.2.1E.1 Error Vector Magnitude (EVM) for UE category 0

6.5.2.1E.1.1 Test Purpose

Same test purpose as in clause 6.5.2.1.1.

6.5.2.1E.1.2 Test applicability

This test case applies to all types of E-UTRA UE release 12 and forward of UE category 0.

6.5.2.1E.1.3 Minimum conformance requirements

Same minimum conformance requirements as in clause 6.5.2.1.3.

6.5.2.1E.1.4 Test description

6.5.2.1E.1.4.1 Initial conditions

Same initial conditions as in clause 6.5.2.1.4.1 with following exceptions:

– Instead of Table 6.5.2.1.4.1-1 to Table 6.5.2.1.4.1-3 🡪 use Table 6.5.2.1E.4.1-1 to Table 6.5.2.1E.4.1-3.

– Connect SS to the UE antenna connectors as shown in TS 36.508[7] Annex A Figure A.3 using only main UE Tx/Rx antenna.

Table 6.5.2.1E.1.4.1-1: Test Configuration Table for PUSCH

Initial Conditions
Test Environment (as specified in TS 36.508 [7] subclause 4.1)		NC
Test Frequencies (as specified in TS36.508 [7] subclause 4.3.1)		See Table 6.5.1.4.1-1
Test Channel Bandwidths (as specified in TS 36.508 [7] subclause 4.3.1)		See Table 6.5.1.4.1-1
Test Parameters for Channel Bandwidths
	Downlink Configuration	Uplink Configuration
Ch BW	N/A for PUSCH EVM testing	Mod’n	RB allocation
			FDD and HD-FDD	TDD
1.4MHz		QPSK	6	6
1.4MHz		QPSK	1	1
1.4MHz		16QAM	5	5
1.4MHz		16QAM	1	1
3MHz		QPSK	15	15
3MHz		QPSK	4	4
3MHz		16QAM	5	5
3MHz		16QAM	4	4
5MHz		QPSK	25	25
5MHz		QPSK	8	8
5MHz		16QAM	5	5
10MHz		QPSK	36	36
10MHz		QPSK	12	12
10MHz		16QAM	5	5
15MHz		QPSK	36	36
15MHz		QPSK	16	16
15MHz		16QAM	5	5
20MHz		QPSK	36	36
20MHz		QPSK	18	18
20MHz		16QAM	5	5
Note 1: Test Channel Bandwidths are checked separately for each E-UTRA band, which applicable channel bandwidths are specified in Table 5.4.2.1-1. Note 2: For partial RB allocation, the RB_start shall be RB #0 and RB# (max+1 – RB allocation) of the channel bandwidth.

Table 6.5.2.1E.1.4.1-2: Test Configuration Table for PUCCH

Initial Conditions
Test Environment as specified in TS 36.508[7] subclause 4.1			NC
Test Frequencies as specified in TS36.508 [7] subclause 4.3.1			See Table 6.5.1.4.1-1
Test Channel Bandwidths as specified in TS 36.508 [7] subclause 4.3.1			See Table 6.5.1.4.1-1
Test Parameters for Channel Bandwidths
	Downlink Configuration			Uplink Configuration
Ch BW	Mod’n	RB allocation		FDD and HD-FDD: PUCCH format = Format 1a TDD: PUCCH format = Format 1a / 1b
		FDD	TDD
1.4MHz	QPSK	3	3
3MHz	QPSK	4	4
5MHz	QPSK	8	8
10MHz	QPSK	14	14
15MHz	QPSK	14	14
20MHz	QPSK	14	14
Note 1: Test Channel Bandwidths are checked separately for each E-UTRA band, the applicable channel bandwidths are specified in Table 5.4.2.1-1.

Table 6.5.2.1E.1.4.1-3: Test Configuration for PRACH

Initial Conditions
Test Environment (as specified in TS 36.508 [7] subclause 4.1)	NC
Test Frequencies (as specified in TS36.508 [7] subclause 4.3.1)	See Table 6.5.1.4.1-1
Test Channel Bandwidths (as specified in TS 36.508 [7] subclause 4.3.1)	See Table 6.5.1.4.1-1
PRACH preamble format
	FDD and HD-FDD	TDD
PRACH Configuration Index	4	53
RS EPRE setting for test point 1 (dBm/15kHz)	-71	-63
RS EPRE setting for test point 2 (dBm/15kHz)	-86	-78

6.5.2.1E.1.4.2 Test procedure

Same test procedure as in clause 6.5.2.1E.1.4.2.

6.5.2.1E.1.4.3 Message contents

Same message contents as in clause 6.5.2.1E.1.4.3.

6.5.2.1E.1.5 Test requirement

The PUSCH EVM derived in E.4.2 shall not exceed 17,5 % for QPSK and BPSK, 12,5% for 16 QAM.

The PUSCH derived in E.4.6.2 shall not exceed [17,5 %] when embedded with data symbols of QPSK and BPSK, [12,5%] for 16 QAM.

The PUCCH EVM and derived in E.5.9.2 shall not exceed 17,5 %.

The PRACH EVM derived in FFS shall not exceed 17.5%.

6.5.2.1E.2 PUSCH-EVM with exclusion period for UE category 0

6.5.2.1E.2.1 Test purpose

Same test purpose as in clause 6.5.2.1A.1

6.5.2.1E.2.2 Test applicability

This test case applies to all types of E-UTRA UE release 12 and forward of UE category 0.

6.5.2.1E.2.3 Minimum conformance requirement

Same minimum conformance requirements as in clause 6.5.2.1A.3

6.5.2.1E.2.4 Test description

6.5.2.1E.2.4.1 Initial conditions

Same initial conditions as in clause 6.5.2.1.2.4.1 with following exceptions for HD-FDD:

– Instead of Table 6.5.2.1.2.4.1-1 🡪 use Table 6.5.2.1E.2.4.1-1.

– Connect SS to the UE antenna connectors as shown in TS 36.508[7] Annex A Figure A.3 using only main UE Tx/Rx antenna.

Table 6.5.2.1E.2.4.1-1: Test Configuration Table

Initial Conditions
Test Environment as specified in TS 36.508[7] subclause 4.1		Normal Conditions
Test Frequencies as specified in TS36.508 [7] subclause 4.3.1		Low range
Test Channel Bandwidths as specified in TS 36.508 [7] subclause 4.3.1		10 MHz
Test Parameters for Channel Bandwidths
	Downlink Configuration		Uplink Configuration
Ch BW	N/A		Mod’n	RB allocation
				FDD and HD-FDD	TDD
10MHz			QPSK	Alternating 12 and 1 (as shown in Figure 6.5.2.1E.2.4.2-1)	Alternating 12 and 1 (as shown in Figure 6.5.2.1E.2.4.2-1)
10MHz			16 QAM	Alternating 5 and 1 (as shown in Figure 6.5.2.1E.2.4.2-1)	Alternating 5 and 1 (as shown in Figure 6.5.2.1E.2.4.2-1)

6.5.2.1E.2.4.2 Test procedure

The test pattern is illustrated in figure 6.5.2.1E.2.4.2-1.

Figure 6.5.2.1E.2.4.2-1: Test pattern

NOTE 1: In TDD the free subframes are special subframes or DL, in FDD the free subframes are OFF.

1. SS sends uplink scheduling information for each UL HARQ process via PDCCH DCI format 0 for C_RNTI to schedule the PUSCH… Since the UE has no payload data to send, the UE transmits uplink MAC padding bits on the UL RMC. The initial uplink RB allocation is 12 or 5. Send appropriate TPC commands for PUSCH to the UE to ensure the UE transmits PUSCH at 0dBm ±3.2dB for carrier frequency f ≤ 3.0GHz or 0dBm ±3.5 dB for carrier frequency 3.0GHz < f ≤ 4.2GHz.

2. Schedule the UE’s PUSCH data transmission as described in Figure 6.5.2.1E.2.4.2-1 for 16¹⁾ active time slots with an uplink RB allocation alternating pattern as described in table 6.5.2.1E.2.4.1-1 while transmitting 0dB TPC command for PUSCH via the PDCCH.

3. Measure the EVM using Global In-Channel Tx-Test. The averaging across 16¹⁾ timeslots is done across mixed RB allocations, as illustrated in Figure 6.5.2.1E.2.4.2-1

NOTE 2: Averaging across 16 timeslots is used to represent each type of transition equally in the average.

6.5.2.1E.2.5 Test requirement

The PUSCH EVM derived in Annex E.4.2 taking into account Annex E.7 shall not exceed 17,5 % for QPSK and 12,5% for 16 QAM. The test requirements shall be fulfilled for early and late EVM window.

6.5.2.1EA Error Vector Magnitude (EVM) for UE category M1

6.5.2.1EA.1 Error Vector Magnitude (EVM) for UE category M1

6.5.2.1EA.1.1 Test Purpose

Same test purpose as in clause 6.5.2.1.1.

6.5.2.1EA.1.2 Test applicability

This test case applies to all types of E-UTRA UE release 13 and forward of UE category M1.

6.5.2.1EA.1.3 Minimum conformance requirements

Same minimum conformance requirements as in clause 6.5.2.1.3.

6.5.2.1EA.1.4 Test description

6.5.2.1EA.1.4.1 Initial conditions

Initial conditions are a set of test configurations the UE needs to be tested in and the steps for the SS to take with the UE to reach the correct measurement state.

The initial test configurations consist of environmental conditions, test frequencies, and channel bandwidths based on E-UTRA bands . All of these configurations shall be tested with applicable test parameters for each channel bandwidth, and are shown in table 6.5.2.1EA.4.1-1. The details of the uplink reference measurement channels (RMCs) are specified in Annex A.2. Configurations of PDSCH and MPDCCH before measurement are specified in Annex C.2.

Table 6.5.2.1EA.1.4.1-1: Test Configuration Table for PUSCH

Initial Conditions
Test Environment (as specified in TS 36.508 [7] subclause 4.1)		NC
Test Frequencies (as specified in TS36.508 [7] subclause 4.3.1)		Low range, Mid range, High range
Test Channel Bandwidths (as specified in TS 36.508 [7] subclause 4.3.1)		5MHz
Test Parameters for Channel Bandwidths and Narrowband positions
	Downlink Configuration	Uplink Configuration
Ch BW	N/A for PUSCH EVM testing	Mod’n	RB allocation
			FDD and HD-FDD	TDD	Narrowband index¹
5MHz		QPSK	6	6	0
5MHz		QPSK	1(Note 3), 3 (Note 4)	1(Note 3), 3 (Note 4)	0
5MHz		16QAM	5	5	0
5MHz		16QAM	1(Note 3), 3 (Note 4)	1(Note 3), 3 (Note 4)	0
Note 1: Denotes where in the channel Bandwidth the narrowband shall be placed. Narrowband and Narrowband index are defined in TS36.211, 5.2.4 Note 2: For partial RB allocation, the RB_start shall be RB #0 and RB# (6 – RB allocation) of the channel bandwidth. Note 3: Only applicable for Power class 3 Note 4: Only applicable for Power class 5 and Power class 6

Table 6.5.2.1EA.1.4.1-2: Test Configuration Table for PUCCH

Initial Conditions
Test Environment as specified in TS 36.508[7] subclause 4.1			NC
Test Frequencies as specified in TS36.508 [7] subclause 4.3.1			Low range, Mid range, High range
Test Channel Bandwidths as specified in TS 36.508 [7] subclause 4.3.1			5MHz
Test Parameters for Channel Bandwidths
	Downlink Configuration				Uplink Configuration
Ch BW	Mod’n	RB allocation			FDD and HD-FDD: PUCCH format = Format 1a TDD: PUCCH format = Format 1a / 1b
		FDD	TDD	Narrowband index²
5MHz	QPSK	4	4	0
Note 1: Test Channel Bandwidths are checked separately for each E-UTRA band, the applicable channel bandwidths are specified in Table 5.4.2.1-1. Note 2: Denotes where in the channel Bandwidth the narrowband shall be placed. Narrowband and Narrowband index are defined in TS36.211, 5.2.4. Note 3: The RB_start of partial RB allocation can be either RB#0 or RB# (6 – RB allocation) of the narrowband.

Table 6.5.2.1EA.1.4.1-3: Test Configuration for PRACH

Initial Conditions
Test Environment (as specified in TS 36.508 [7] subclause 4.1)	NC
Test Frequencies (as specified in TS36.508 [7] subclause 4.3.1)	Low range, Mid range, High range
Test Channel Bandwidths (as specified in TS 36.508 [7] subclause 4.3.1)	5MHz, 15MHz
PRACH preamble format
	FDD and HD-FDD	TDD
PRACH Configuration Index	4	53
RS EPRE setting for test point 1 (dBm/15kHz)	-71	-63
RS EPRE setting for test point 2 (dBm/15kHz)	-86	-78

1. Connect the SS to the UE to the UE antenna connectors as shown in TS 36.508 [7] Annex A, Figure A.3 using only main UE Tx/Rx antenna.

2. The parameter settings for the cell are set up according to TS 36.508[7] subclause 4.4.3.

3. Downlink signals are initially set up according to Annex C0, C.1 and C.3.0, and uplink signals according to Annex H.1 and H.3.0.

4. The UL Reference Measurement channels are set according to in Table 6.5.2.1EA.4.1-1.

5. Propagation conditions are set according to Annex B.0

6. Ensure the UE is in State 3A-RF-CE according to TS 36.508 [7] clause 5.2A.2AA. Message contents are defined in clause 6.5.2.1EA.4.3.

6.5.2.1EA.1.4.2 Test procedure

Test procedure for PUSCH:

1.1. SS sends uplink scheduling information for each UL HARQ process via MPDCCH DCI format 6-0A for C_RNTI to schedule the UL RMC according to Table 6.5.2.1EA.4.1-1. Since the UE has no payload data to send, the UE transmits uplink MAC padding bits on the UL RMC.

1.2 Send continuously uplink power control "up" commands in the uplink scheduling information to the UE until the UE transmits at P_{UMAX level}.

1.3 Measure the EVM and using Global In-Channel Tx-Test (Annex E) according to the UE’s declaration on the position of carrier centre frequency.

1.5 Measure the EVM and using Global In-Channel Tx-Test (Annex E) according to the UE’s declaration on the position of carrier centre frequency.

Test procedure for PUCCH:

2.1 PUCCH are set according to Table 6.5.2.1EA.4.1-2.

2.2 SS transmits PDSCH via MPDCCH DCI format 6-1A for C_RNTI to transmit the DL RMC according to Table 6.5.2.1EA.4.1-2. The SS sends downlink MAC padding bits on the DL RMC. The transmission of PDSCH will make the UE send uplink ACK/NACK using PUCCH. There is no PUSCH transmission.

2.3 SS send appropriate TPC commands for PUCCH to the UE until the UE transmit PUCCH at P_UMAXlevel.

2.4 Measure PUCCH EVM using Global In-Channel Tx-Test (Annex E) according to the UE’s declaration on the position of carrier centre frequency.

2.6 Measure PUCCH EVM using Global In-Channel Tx-Test (Annex E) according to the UE’s declaration on the position of carrier centre frequency.

Test procedure for PRACH:

3.1 The SS shall set RS EPRE according to Table 6.5.2.1EA.4.1-3.

3.2 PRACH is set according to Table 6.5.2.1EA.4.1-3.

3.3 The SS shall signal a Random Access Preamble ID via a MPDCCH order to the UE and initiate a Non-contention based Random Access procedure

3.4 The UE shall send the signalled preamble to the SS.

3.5 In response to the preamble, the SS shall transmit a random access response not corresponding to the transmitted random access preamble, or send no response.

3.6 The UE shall consider the random access response reception not successful then re-transmit the preamble with the calculated PRACH transmission power.

6.5.2.1EA.1.4.3 Message contents

Message contents are according to TS 36.508 [7] subclause 4.6 with the condition CEModeA and the following exceptions:

Table 6.5.2.1EA.4.3-1: PRACH-Config-DEFAULT: PRACH EVM measurement for FDD

Derivation Path: TS 36.508 [7] clause 4.6.3, Table 4.6.3-7 PRACH-Config-DEFAULT
Information Element	Value/remark	Comment	Condition
PRACH-ConfigInfo SEQUENCE {
prach-ConfigIndex	4

Table 6.5.2.1EA.4.3-2: PRACH-ConfCommonDEFAULT: PRACH EVM measurement for TDD

Derivation Path: TS 36.508 [7] clause 5.3.1, Table 5.3.1-3 PRACH-Config-DEFAULT
Information Element	Value/remark	Comment	Condition
PRACH-ConfigInfo SEQUENCE {
prach-ConfigIndex	53

Table 6.5.2.1EA.4.3-4: RACH-ConfigCommon-DEFAULT: PRACH EVM measurement

Derivation Path: TS 36.508 [7] clause 4.6.3, Table 4.6.3-12 RACH-ConfigCommon-DEFAULT
Information Element	Value/remark	Comment	Condition
RACH-ConfigCommon-DEFAULT ::= SEQUENCE {
preambleInfo SEQUENCE {
numberOfRA-Preambles	n52
preamblesGroupAConfig SEQUENCE {}	Not present
}
powerRampingParameters SEQUENCE {
powerRampingStep	dB0
preambleInitialReceivedTargetPower	dBm-120 Test point 1 dBm-90 Test point 2
}
ra-SupervisionInfo SEQUENCE {
preambleTransMax	n10		FDD
	n20		TDD
ra-ResponseWindowSize	Sf10
mac-ContentionResolutionTimer	sf48
}
ra-SupervisionInfo SEQUENCE {

Table 6.5.2.1EA.4.3-5: TDD-Config-DEFAULT: PRACH EVM measurement for TDD

Derivation Path: TS 36.508 [7] clause 5.3.1, Table 5.3.1-1: TDD-Config-DEFAULT
Information Element	Value/remark	Comment	Condition
TDD-Config-DEFAULT ::= SEQUENCE {
subframeAssignment	sa1
specialSubframePatterns	ssp5	To enable two symbol UpPTS, and to have 9 symbols GP.
}

6.5.2.1EA.1.5 Test requirement

The PUSCH EVM derived in E.4.2 shall not exceed 17,5 % for QPSK and BPSK, 12,5% for 16 QAM.

The PUSCH derived in E.4.6.2 shall not exceed [17,5 %] when embedded with data symbols of QPSK and BPSK, [12,5%] for 16 QAM.

The PUCCH EVM and derived in E.5.9.2 shall not exceed 17,5 %.

The PRACH EVM derived in FFS shall not exceed 17.5%.

6.5.2.1EA.2 PUSCH-EVM with exclusion period for UE category M1

6.5.2.1EA.2.1 Test purpose

Same test purpose as in clause 6.5.2.1A.1

6.5.2.1EA.2.2 Test applicability

This test case applies to all types of E-UTRA UE release 13 and forward of UE category M1.

6.5.2.1EA.2.3 Minimum conformance requirement

Same minimum conformance requirements as in clause 6.5.2.1A.3

6.5.2.1EA.2.4 Test description

6.5.2.1EA.2.4.1 Initial conditions

Initial conditions are a set of test configurations the UE needs to be tested in and the steps for the SS to take with the UE to reach the correct measurement state.

The initial test configurations consist of environmental conditions, test frequencies, and channel bandwidths based on E-UTRA bands specified in sub-clause 5.2E. All of these configurations shall be tested with applicable test parameters for each channel bandwidth, and are shown in table 6.5.2.1EA.4.1-1. The details of the uplink reference measurement channels (RMCs) are specified in Annex A.2. Configurations of PDSCH and MPDCCH before measurement are specified in Annex C.2.

Table 6.5.2.1EA.2.4.1-1: Test Configuration Table

Initial Conditions
Test Environment as specified in TS 36.508[7] subclause 4.1		Normal Conditions
Test Frequencies as specified in TS36.508 [7] subclause 4.3.1		Low range
Test Channel Bandwidths as specified in TS 36.508 [7] subclause 4.3.1		5MHz
Test Parameters for Channel Bandwidths and Narrowband positions
	Downlink Configuration		Uplink Configuration
Ch BW	N/A		Mod’n	RB allocation
				FDD and HD-FDD	TDD	Narrowband index¹
5MHz			QPSK	Alternating 6 and 1 (as shown in Figure 6.5.2.1EA.2.4.2-1) and 6.5.2.1EA.2.4.2-2	Alternating 6 and 1 (as shown in Figure 6.5.2.1EA.2.4.2-1)	0
5MHz			16 QAM	Alternating 5 and 1 (as shown in Figure 6.5.2.1EA.2.4.2-1) and 6.5.2.1EA.2.4.2-2	Alternating 5 and 1 (as shown in Figure 6.5.2.1EA.2.4.2-1)	0
5MHz			π/2-BPSK	Alternating 6 and ¼ PRB (as shown in Figure 6.5.2.1EA.2.4.2-1) and 6.5.2.1EA.2.4.2-2 (Note 2)	Alternating 6 and ¼ PRB (as shown in Figure 6.5.2.1EA.2.4.2-1) (Note 2)	0
5MHz			QPSK	Alternating 5 and 1/2 (as shown in Figure 6.5.2.1EA.2.4.2-1) and 6.5.2.1EA.2.4.2-2 (Note 2)	Alternating 5 and 1/2 (as shown in Figure 6.5.2.1EA.2.4.2-1) (Note 2)	0
Note 1: Denotes where in the channel Bandwidth the narrowband shall be placed. Narrowband and Narrowband index are defined in TS36.211, 5.2.4. Note 2: Only applicable for UE supporting subPRB allocation.

1. Connect the SS to the UE to the UE antenna connectors as shown in TS 36.508 [7] Annex A, Figure A.3 using only main UE Tx/Rx antenna.

2. The parameter settings for the cell are set up according to TS 36.508[7] subclause 4.4.3.

3. Downlink signals are initially set up according to Annex C0, C.1 and C.3.0, and uplink signals according to Annex H.1 and H.3.0.

4. The UL Reference Measurement channels are set according to in Table 6.5.2.1EA.4.1-1.

5. Propagation conditions are set according to Annex B.0

6. Ensure the UE is in State 3A-RF-CE according to TS 36.508 [7] clause 5.2A.2AA. Message contents are defined in clause 6.5.2.1EA.4.3.

6.5.2.1EA.2.4.2 Test procedure

The test pattern is illustrated in figure 6.5.2.1EA.2.4.2-1 and 6.5.2.1EA.2.4.2-2.

Figure 6.5.2.1EA.2.4.2-1: Test pattern for FDD and TDD

Figure 6.5.2.1EA.2.4.2-2: Test pattern for HD-FDD

NOTE 1: In TDD the free subframes are special subframes or DL, in FDD and HD-FDD the free subframes are OFF.

1. SS sends uplink scheduling information for each UL HARQ process via MPDCCH DCI format 6-0A for C_RNTI to schedule the PUSCH. Since the UE has no payload data to send, the UE transmits uplink MAC padding bits on the UL RMC. The initial uplink RB allocation is 6 or 5. Send appropriate TPC commands for PUSCH to the UE to ensure the UE transmits PUSCH at 0dBm ±3.2dB for carrier frequency f ≤ 3.0GHz or 0dBm ±3.5 dB for carrier frequency 3.0GHz < f ≤ 4.2GHz.

2. Schedule the UE’s PUSCH data transmission as described in Figure 6.5.2.1EA.2.4.2-1 and 6.5.2.1EA.2.4.2-2 for 16¹⁾ active time slots with an uplink RB allocation alternating pattern as described in table 6.5.2.1EA.2.4.1-1 while transmitting 0dB TPC command for PUSCH via the MPDCCH.

3. Measure the EVM using Global In-Channel Tx-Test according to the UE’s declaration on the position of carrier centre frequency. The averaging across 16¹⁾ timeslots is done across mixed RB allocations, as illustrated in Figure 6.5.2.1EA.2.4.2-1 and 6.5.2.1EA.2.4.2-2.

NOTE 1: Averaging across 16 timeslots is used to represent each type of transition equally in the average.

6.5.2.1EA.2.4.3 Message contents

Message contents are according to TS 36.508 [7] subclause 4.6 with the condition CEModeA.

6.5.2.1EA.2.5 Test requirement

The PUSCH EVM derived in Annex E.4.2 taking into account Annex E.7 shall not exceed 17,5 % for QPSK and 12,5% for 16 QAM. The test requirements shall be fulfilled for early and late EVM window.

6.5.2.1EB Error Vector Magnitude (EVM) for UE category 1bis

6.5.2.1EB.1 Test purpose

Same test purpose as in clause 6.5.2.1.

6.5.2.1EB.2 Test applicability

This test applies to all types of E-UTRA UE release 13 and forward of UE category 1bis.

6.5.2.1EB.3 Minimum conformance requirements

Same minimum conformance requirements as in clause 6.5.2.1.3.

6.5.2.1EB.4 Test description

6.5.2.1EB.4.1 Initial conditions

Same initial conditions as in clause 6.5.2.1.4.1 with the following exception:

– Connect the SS to the UE antenna connectors as shown in TS 36.508[7] Annex A Figure A.3 using only main UE Tx/Rx antenna.

6.5.2.1EB.4.2 Test procedure

Same test procedure as in clause 6.5.2.1.4.2.

6.5.2.1EB.4.3 Message contents

Same message contents as in clause 6.5.2.1.4.3.

6.5.2.1EB.5 Test requirement

The PUSCH EVM derived in E.4.2 shall not exceed 17,5 % for QPSK and BPSK, 12,5% for 16 QAM.

The PUSCH derived in E.4.6.2 shall not exceed 17,5 % when embedded with data symbols of QPSK and BPSK, 12,5% for 16 QAM.

The PUCCH EVM and derived in E.5.9.2 shall not exceed 17,5 %.

The PRACH EVM derived in FFS shall not exceed 17.5%.

6.5.2.1EC Error Vector Magnitude (EVM) for UE category M2

6.5.2.1EC.1 Error Vector Magnitude (EVM) for UE category M2

6.5.2.1EC.1.1 Test Purpose

Same test purpose as in clause 6.5.2.1.1.

6.5.2.1EC.1.2 Test applicability

This test case applies to all types of E-UTRA UE release 14 and forward of UE category M2.

6.5.2.1EC.1.3 Minimum conformance requirements

Same minimum conformance requirements as in clause 6.5.2.1.3.

6.5.2.1EC.1.4 Test description

6.5.2.1EC.1.4.1 Initial conditions

Same as in clause 6.5.2.1EA.1.4.1 with the following exceptions:

– Instead of Table 6.5.2.1EA.1.4.1-1 🡪 use Table 6.5.2.1EC.1.4.1-1

– Instead of Table 6.5.2.1EA.1.4.1-2 🡪 use Table 6.5.2.1EC.1.4.1-2

– Instead of Table 6.5.2.1EA.1.4.1-3 🡪 use Table 6.5.2.1EC.1.4.1-3

Table 6.5.2.1EC.1.4.1-1: Test Configuration Table for PUSCH

Initial Conditions
Test Environment (as specified in TS 36.508 [7] subclause 4.1)		NC
Test Frequencies (as specified in TS36.508 [7] subclause 4.3.1)		Low range, Mid range, High range
Test Channel Bandwidths (as specified in TS 36.508 [7] subclause 4.3.1)		5MHz
Test Parameters for Channel Bandwidths and Narrowband positions
	Downlink Configuration	Uplink Configuration
Ch BW	N/A for PUSCH EVM testing	Mod’n	RB allocation
			FDD and HD-FDD	TDD	Narrowband index¹
5MHz		QPSK	24	24	0
5MHz		QPSK	1(Note 3), 3 (Note 4)	1(Note 3), 3 (Note 4)	0
5MHz		16QAM	24	24	0
5MHz		16QAM	1(Note 3), 3 (Note 4)	1(Note 3), 3 (Note 4)	0
Note 1: Denotes the lowest narrowband index in the channel bandwidth where the wideband shall be placed. The allocation is contiguous, starting from the lowest narrowband index. Narrowband, Narrowband index and Wideband are defined in TS 36.211 [8], 5.2.4. Note 2: The RB_start of partial RB allocation shall be RB#0 and RB# (6 – (RB allocation mod 6)) of the narrowband. Note 3: Only applicable for Power class 3 Note 4: Only applicable for Power class 5

Table 6.5.2.1EC.1.4.1-2: Test Configuration Table for PUCCH

Initial Conditions
Test Environment as specified in TS 36.508[7] subclause 4.1			NC
Test Frequencies as specified in TS36.508 [7] subclause 4.3.1			Low range, Mid range, High range
Test Channel Bandwidths as specified in			5MHz
Test Parameters for Channel Bandwidths
	Downlink Configuration				Uplink Configuration
Ch BW	Mod’n	RB allocation			FDD and HD-FDD: PUCCH format = Format 1a TDD: PUCCH format = Format 1a / 1b
		FDD	TDD	Narrowband index²
5MHz	QPSK	16	16	0
Note 1: Test Channel Bandwidths are checked separately for each E-UTRA band, the applicable channel bandwidths are specified in Table 5.4.2.1-1. Note 2: Denotes the lowest narrowband index in the channel bandwidth where the wideband shall be placed. The allocation is contiguous, starting from the lowest narrowband index. Narrowband, Narrowband index and Wideband are defined in TS 36.211 [8], 5.2.4. Note 3: The RB_start of partial RB allocation shall be RB#0 and RB# (6 – (RB allocation mod 6)) of the narrowband.

Table 6.5.2.1EC.1.4.1-3: Test Configuration for PRACH

Initial Conditions
Test Environment (as specified in TS 36.508 [7] subclause 4.1)	NC
Test Frequencies (as specified in TS36.508 [7] subclause 4.3.1)	Low range, Mid range, High range
Test Channel Bandwidths (as specified in TS 36.508 [7] subclause 4.3.1)	5MHz, 15MHz
PRACH preamble format
	FDD and HD-FDD	TDD
PRACH Configuration Index	4	53
RS EPRE setting for test point 1 (dBm/15kHz)	-71	-63
RS EPRE setting for test point 2 (dBm/15kHz)	-86	-78

6.5.2.1EC.1.4.3 Message contents

Same as in clause 6.5.2.1EA.1.4.3.

6.5.2.1EC.1.5 Test requirement

Same as in clause 6.5.2.1EA.1.5.

6.5.2.1EC.2 PUSCH-EVM with exclusion period for UE category M2

6.5.2.1EC.2.1 Test purpose

Same test purpose as in clause 6.5.2.1A.1

6.5.2.1EC.2.2 Test applicability

This test case applies to all types of E-UTRA UE release 14 and forward of UE category M2.

6.5.2.1EC.2.3 Minimum conformance requirement

Same minimum conformance requirements as in clause 6.5.2.1A.3

6.5.2.1EC.2.4 Test description

6.5.2.1EC.2.4.1 Initial conditions

Same initial condition as in clause 6.5.2.1EA.2.4.1 with the following exception:

– Instead of Table 6.5.2.1EA.2.4.1-1 -> use Table 6.5.2.1EC.2.4.1-1

Table 6.5.2.1EC.2.4.1-1: Test Configuration Table

Initial Conditions

Test Environment as specified in

TS 36.508[7] subclause 4.1

Normal Conditions

Test Frequencies as specified in

TS36.508 [7] subclause 4.3.1

Low range

Test Channel Bandwidths as specified in

TS 36.508 [7] subclause 4.3.1

5MHz

Test Parameters for Channel Bandwidths and Narrowband positions

Downlink Configuration

Uplink Configuration

Ch BW

N/A

Mod’n

RB allocation

FDD and HD-FDD

TDD

Narrowband index¹

5MHz

QPSK

Alternating 12 and 1 (as shown in Figure 6.5.2.1EC.2.4.2-1) and 6.5.2.1EC.2.4.2-2

Alternating 12 and 1 (as shown in Figure 6.5.2.1EC.2.4.2-1)

5MHz

16 QAM

Alternating 12 and 1 (as shown in Figure 6.5.2.1EC.2.4.2-1) and 6.5.2.1EC.2.4.2-2

Alternating 12 and 1 (as shown in Figure 6.5.2.1EC.2.4.2-1)

5MHz

π/2-BPSK

Alternating 12 and ¼ (as shown in Figure 6.5.2.1EC.2.4.2-1) and 6.5.2.1EC.2.4.2-2 (Note 2)

Alternating 12 and ¼ (as shown in Figure 6.5.2.1EC.2.4.2-1) (Note 2)

5MHz

QPSK

Alternating 12 and 1/2 (as shown in Figure 6.5.2.1EC.2.4.2-1) and 6.5.2.1EC.2.4.2-2 (Note 2)

Alternating 12 and 1/2 (as shown in Figure 6.5.2.1EC.2.4.2-1) (Note 2)

Note 1: Denotes the lowest narrowband index in the channel bandwidth where the wideband shall be placed. The allocation is contiguous, starting from the lowest narrowband index. Narrowband, Narrowband index and Wideband are defined in TS 36.211 [8], 5.2.4.

Note 2: Only applicable for UE supporting subPRB allocation

6.5.2.1EC.2.4.2 Test procedure

Same test procedure as in clause 6.5.2.1EA.2.4.2 with the following exceptions:

– Instead figure 6.5.2.1EA.2.4.2-1 -> use figure 6.5.2.1EC.2.4.2-1

– Instead figure 6.5.2.1EA.2.4.2-2 -> use figure 6.5.2.1EC.2.4.2-2

– Instead of 6/5 RBs -> use 12 RBs

Figure 6.5.2.1EC.2.4.2-1: Test pattern for FDD and TDD

Figure 6.5.2.1EC.2.4.2-2: Test pattern for HD-FDD

6.5.2.1EC.2.4.3 Message contents

Message contents are according to TS 36.508 [7] subclause 4.6 with the condition CEModeA.

6.5.2.1EC.2.5 Test requirement

Same test requirement as in clause 6.5.2.1EA.2.5.

6.5.2.1F.1 Error Vector Magnitude (EVM) for category NB1 and NB2

6.5.2.1F.1.1 Test Purpose

6.5.2.1F.1.2 Test applicability

This test case applies to all types of E-UTRA FDD UE release 13 and forward of category NB1.

This test case applies to all types of E-UTRA FDD UE release 14 and forward of category NB2.

This test case applies to all types of E-UTRA TDD UE release 15 and forward of category NB1 and NB2.

6.5.2.1F.1.3 Minimum conformance requirements

The RMS average of the basic EVM measurements for 240/L_Ctone slots excluding any transient period for the average EVM case, where L_Ctone = {1, 3, 6, 12} is the number of subcarriers for the NB-IoT transmission, for the different modulations schemes shall not exceed the values specified in Table 6.5.2.1F.1.3-1 for the parameters defined in Table 6.5.2.1F.1.3-2. For EVM evaluation purposes, both NPRACH formats are considered to have the same EVM requirement as QPSK modulated.

Table 6.5.2.1F.1.3-1: Minimum requirements for Error Vector Magnitude

Parameter	Unit	Average EVM Level	Reference Signal EVM Level
BPSK or QPSK	%	17.5	17.5

Table 6.5.2.1F.1.3-2: Parameters for Error Vector Magnitude

Parameter	Unit	Level
UE Output Power	dBm	≥ -40
Operating conditions		Normal conditions

The normative reference for this requirement is TS 36.101 [2] clause 6.5.2F.1.

6.5.2.1F.1.4 Test description

6.5.2.1F.1.4.1 Initial conditions

Initial conditions are a set of test configurations the UE needs to be tested in and the steps for the SS to take with the UE to reach the correct measurement state.

The initial test configurations consist of environmental conditions and test frequencies based on the subset of E-UTRA operating bands defined for NB-IoT in clause 5.2F. All of these configurations shall be tested with applicable test parameters for each channel bandwidth, and are shown in table 6.5.2.1F.1.4.1-1. The details of the uplink reference measurement channels (RMCs) are specified in Annex A.2.4. Configurations of NPDSCH and NPDCCH before measurement are specified in Annex C.2.

Table 6.5.2.1F.1.4.1-1: Test Configuration for NPUSCH for FDD & TDD

Initial Conditions
Test Environment as specified in TS 36.508[7] subclause 8.1.1		Normal
Test Frequencies as specified in TS 36.508 [7] subclause 8.1.3.1		Frequency ranges defined in Annex K.1.1
Test Parameters
Configuration ID	Downlink Configuration	Uplink Configuration
	N/A	Modulation	N_tones, start position	Sub-carrier spacing (kHz)
1		QPSK	1@0	3.75
2		QPSK	1@47	3.75
3		QPSK	1@0	15
4		QPSK	1@11	15
5 (Note 1)		QPSK	12@0	15
Note 1: Applicable to UE supporting UL multi-tone transmissions

Table 6.5.2.1F.1.4.1-2: Test Configuration for NPRACH for FDD & TDD

Initial Conditions
Test Environment (as specified in TS 36.508 [7] subclause 8.1.1)	Normal
Test Frequencies (as specified in TS36.508 [7] subclause 8.1.3.1)	Frequency ranges defined in Annex K.1.1
NPRACH preamble format	1
NRS EPRE setting for test point (dBm/15kHz)	-110

1. Connect the SS to the UE to the UE antenna connectors as shown in TS 36.508 [7] Annex A, Figure A.3 using only main UE Tx/Rx antenna.

2. The parameter settings for the cell are set up according to TS 36.508[7] subclause 8.1.4.3.

3. Downlink signals are initially set up according to Annex C, and uplink signals according to Annex H.

4. The UL Reference Measurement channels are set according to in Table 6.5.2.1F.1.4.1-1.

5. Propagation conditions are set according to Annex B.0.

6. Ensure the UE is in State 2A-NB with CP CIoT Optimisation according to TS 36.508 [7] clause 8.1.5. Message contents are defined in clause 6.5.2.1F.1.4.3.

6.5.2.1F.1.4.2 Test procedure

Test procedure for NPUSCH:

1.1. SS sends uplink scheduling information for UL HARQ process via NPDCCH DCI format N0 for C_RNTI to schedule the UL RMC according to Table 6.5.2.1F.1.4.1-1. Since the UE has no payload data to send, the UE transmits uplink MAC padding bits on the UL RMC.

1.2 Configure the UE to transmit at P_{UMAX level}.

1.3 Measure the EVM and using Global In-Channel Tx-Test (Annex E). The measurement period of EVM for 240/N_tones slots should exclude any transient period for the average EVM case, where N_tones = {1, 3, 6, 12} is the number of subcarriers for the NB-IoT transmission.

1.4 Release the connection through State 3A-NB.

1.5 Modify system information elements according to Table 6.5.2.1F.1.4.3-1 and Table 6.5.2.1F.1.4.3-2 and notify the UE via paging message with SystemInformationModification included (test point 2).

1.6 Ensure the UE is in State 2A-NB with CP CIoT Optimisation according to TS 36.508 [7] clause 8.1.5 using the new UL power control setting.

1.7 SS sends uplink scheduling information for UL HARQ process via NPDCCH DCI format 0 for C_RNTI to schedule the UL RMC according to Table 6.5.2.1F.1.4.1-1. Since the UE has no payload data to send, the UE transmits uplink MAC padding bits on the UL RMC.

1.8 Measure the EVM and using Global In-Channel Tx-Test (Annex E). The measurement period of EVM for 240/N_tones slots should exclude any transient period for the average EVM case, where N_tones = {1, 3, 6, 12} is the number of subcarriers for the NB-IoT transmission.

Test procedure for NPRACH:

2.1 The SS shall set RS EPRE according to Table 6.5.2.1F.1.4.1-2.

2.2 NPRACH is set according to Table 6.5.2.1F.1.4.1-2.

2.3 The UE shall send a preamble to the SS.

2.4 In response to the preamble, the SS shall transmit a random access response not corresponding to the transmitted random access preamble, or send no response.

2.5 The UE shall consider the random access response reception not successful then re-transmit the preamble with the calculated NPRACH transmission power.

2.6 Repeat step 4 and 5 until the SS collect enough NPRACH preambles (64 preambles). Measure the EVM in NPRACH channel using Global In-Channel Tx-Test (Annex E).

NOTE 1: For configuration IDs applicable to UE depending on UE capability in Test Configuration Table with different UL sub-carrier spacing, the SS shall release the connection through State 3A-NB and finally ensure the UE is in State 2A-NB with CP CIoT Optimisation according to TS 36.508 [7] clause 8.1.5 using the appropriate UL subcarrier spacing in Random Access Response message.

6.5.2.1F.1.4.3 Message contents

Message contents are according to TS 36.508 [7] subclause 8.1.6 with the following exceptions:

Table 6.5.2.1F.1.4.3-1: P0-NominalNPUSCH-r13 configuration for test point 2

Derivation Path: TS 36.508 [7] clause 8.1.6.3 Table 8.1.6.3-14: UplinkPowerControlCommon-NB-DEFAULT
Information Element	Value/remark	Comment	Condition
UplinkPowerControlCommon-NB-DEFAULT ::= SEQUENCE {
p0-NominalNPUSCH-r13	-117 (dBm)
alpha-r13	al1 (1)
deltaPreambleMsg3-r13	4
}

Table 6.5.2.1F.1.4.3-2: NPDSCH-ConfigCommon-NB-DEFAULT configuration for test point 2

Derivation Path: TS 36.508 [7] clause 8.1.6.3 Table 8.1.6.3-4: NPDSCH-ConfigCommon-NB-DEFAULT
Information Element	Value/remark	Comment	Condition
NPDSCH-ConfigCommon-NB-DEFAULT ::= SEQUENCE {
nrs-Power-r13	21 (dBm)
}

Table 6.5.2.1F.1.4.3-3: RACH-ConfigCommon-NB-DEFAULT NPRACH EVM Measurement

Derivation Path: TS 36.508 [7] clause 8.1.6.3, Table 8.1.6.3-8 RACH-ConfigCommon-NB-DEFAULT
Information Element	Value/remark	Comment	Condition
RACH-ConfigCommon-NB-DEFAULT ::= SEQUENCE {
powerRampingParameters-r13 SEQUENCE {
powerRampingStep	dB0	0 dB
}
)

Table 6.5.2.1F.1.4.3-4: NPRACH-ConfigSIB-NB-DEFAULT for NPRACH EVM Measurement

Derivation Path: TS 36.508 [7] clause 8.1.6.3, Table 8.1.6.3-5 NPRACH-ConfigSIB-NB-DEFAULT
Information Element	Value/remark	Comment	Condition
NPRACH-ConfigSIB-NB-DEFAULT ::= SEQUENCE {
nprach-CP-Length-r13	us266dot7	8192*Ts
}

6.5.2.1F.1.5 Test requirement

The NPUSCH EVM derived in E.8.1 shall not exceed 17,5% for BPSK and QPSK.

The NPUSCH derived in E.8.2 shall not exceed 17,5 % when embedded with data symbols of BPSK and QPSK.

The NPRACH EVM derived in E.8.3 shall not exceed 17.5%.

6.5.2.1G Error Vector Magnitude (EVM) for V2X Communication

6.5.2.1G.0 Minimum conformance requirements

For V2X physical channels PSCCH, PSSCH and PSBCH, the Error Vector Magnitude requirements shall be as specified for PUSCH in subclause 6.5.2.1 for the corresponding modulation and transmission bandwidth.

For V2X sidelink physical channels PSCCH, PSSCH and PSBCH, the Error Vector Magnitude requirements shall be as specified separately for PSSCH and PSCCH for the corresponding modulation and transmission bandwidth. The measurement period for EVM of PSSCH and PSCCH is 15 subframes. The measurement period for reference signal EVM is 30 subframes. When V2X transmissions are shortened due to transmission gap of 1 symbol at the end of the subframe, the EVM measurement interval is reduced by one symbol, accordingly.

For PSBCH the duration over which EVM is averaged shall be 24 subframes.

For intra-band contiguous multi-carrier operation the EVM requirement shall apply for each component carrier.

When UE is configured for simultaneous E-UTRA V2X sidelink and E-UTRA uplink transmissions for inter-band E-UTRA V2X / E-UTRA bands specified in Table 5.2G-2, the requirements in subclause 6.5.2.1G.0 apply for V2X sidelink transmission and the requirements in subclause 6.5.2.1.3 apply for the E-UTRA uplink transmission.

The normative reference for this requirement is TS 36.101 [2] clause 6.5.2G and 6.5.2G.1.

6.5.2.1G.1 Error Vector Magnitude (EVM) for V2X Communication / Non-concurrent with E-UTRA uplink transmissions

6.5.2.1G.1.1 Test Purpose

6.5.2.1G.1.2 Test applicability

This test case applies to all types of UE that supports V2X Sidelink communication and Band 47.

6.5.2.1G.1.3 Minimum conformance requirements

The minimum conformance requirements are defined in clause 6.5.2.1G.0.

6.5.2.1G.1.4 Test description

6.5.2.1G.1.4.1 Initial conditions

Initial conditions are a set of test configurations the UE needs to be tested in and the steps for the SS to take with the UE to reach the correct measurement state.

The initial test configurations consist of environmental conditions, test frequencies and channel bandwidth based on E-UTRAN operating bands specified in subclause 5.4.2G. All of these configurations shall be tested with applicable test parameters for each channel bandwidth, and are shown in table 6.5.2.1G.1.4.1-1. The details of the V2X reference measurement channels (RMCs) are specified in Annex A.8.3 and the GNSS configuration in TS 36.508 [7] subclause 4.11.

Table 6.5.2.1G.1.4.1-1: Test Configuration Table for PSSCH and PSCCH

Initial Conditions
Test Environment as specified in TS 36.508 [7] subclause 4.1		NC
Test Frequencies as specified in TS 36.508 [7] subclause 4.3.1		Low range, Mid range, High range
Test Channel Bandwidths as specified in TS 36.508 [7] subclause 4.3.1		Lowest, Highest
Test Parameters for Channel Bandwidths
	V2X Configuration to Transmit
Ch BW	Modulation		PSSCH RB allocation
10 MHz	QPSK		48@2
10 MHz	16QAM		48@2
20 MHz	QPSK		96@2
20 MHz	16QAM		96@2
Note 1: Test Channel Bandwidths are checked separately for each E-UTRA band, which applicable channel bandwidths are specified in specified in subclause 5.4.2G.

Table 6.5.2.1G.1.4.1-2: Test Configuration Table for PSBCH

Initial Conditions
Test Environment as specified in TS 36.508 [7] subclause 4.1		NC
Test Frequencies as specified in TS 36.508 [7] subclause 4.3.1		Low range, Mid range, High range
Test Channel Bandwidths as specified in TS 36.508 [7] subclause 4.3.1		Lowest, Highest
Test Parameters for Channel Bandwidths
	PSBCH Configuration
Ch BW	Modulation		PSBCH RB allocation
10 MHz	QPSK		6
20 MHz	QPSK		6
Note 1: Test Channel Bandwidths are checked separately for each E-UTRA band, which applicable channel bandwidths are specified in specified in subclause 5.4.2G.

1. Connect the SS and GNSS simulator to the UE antenna connectors as shown in TS 36.508 [7] Figure A.92.

2. The parameter settings for the V2X sidelink transmission over PC5 for both SS and UE are pre-configured according to TS 36.508 [7] subclause 4.10.1. Message content exceptions are defined in clause 6.5.2.1G.1.4.3.

3. The V2X reference measurement channel is set according to Table 6.5.2G.1.4.1-1.

4. The GNSS simulator is configured for Scenario #1: static in Geographical area #1, as defined in TS36.508 [7] Table 4.11.2-2. Geographical area #1 is also pre-configured in the UE.

5. Propagation conditions are set according to Annex B.0;

6. Ensure the UE is in State 5A-V2X in Transmit Mode according to TS 36.508 [7] clause 4.5.9.

7. The GNSS simulator is triggered to start step 1 of Scenario #1 to simulate a location in the centre of Geographical area #1. Wait for the UE to acquire the GNSS signal and start to transmit.

6.5.2.1G.1.4.2 Test procedure

Test procedure for PSSCH and PSCCH:

1.1 The UE starts to perform the V2X sidelink communication according to SL-V2X-Preconfiguration. Since the UE has no payload and no loopback data to send the UE sends uplink MAC padding bits on the V2X RMC.

1.2 Configure the UE to transmit at P_{UMAX level}.

1.3 Measure the EVM using Global In-Channel Tx-Test (Annex E). The measurement period is 15 subframes. When V2X transmissions are shortened due to transmission gap of 1 symbol at the end of the subframe, the EVM measurement interval is reduced by one symbol, accordingly.

1.4 Modify SL-V2X-Preconfiguration to ensure the UE to transmit at a relative low power, according to Table 6.5.2.1G.1.4.3-2.

1.5 Ensure the UE is in State 5A-V2X in Transmit Mode according to TS 36.508 [7] clause 4.5.9 using the new UL power control setting.

1.6 The UE starts to perform the V2X sidelink communication according to SL-V2X-Preconfiguration. Since the UE has no payload and no loopback data to send the UE sends uplink MAC padding bits on the V2X RMC.

1.7 Measure the EVM using Global In-Channel Tx-Test (Annex E). The measurement period is 15 subframes. When V2X transmissions are shortened due to transmission gap of 1 symbol at the end of the subframe, the EVM measurement interval is reduced by one symbol, accordingly.

Test procedure for PSBCH:

2.1 The UE starts to perform the V2X PSBCH/SLSS transmission according to SL-V2X-Preconfiguration every 40 subframes. The synchronization configuration of UE is according to Table 6.5.2.1G.1.4.3-3.

2.2 Configure the UE to transmit at P_{UMAX level}.

2.3 Measure the EVM using Global In-Channel Tx-Test (Annex E) until the SS collect 24 subframes of PSBCH. When V2X transmissions are shortened due to transmission gap of 1 symbol at the end of the subframe, the EVM measurement interval is reduced by one symbol, accordingly.

2.4 Modify SL-V2X-Preconfiguration to ensure the UE to transmit at a relative low power, according to Table 6.5.2.1G.1.4.3-3 and Table 6.5.2.1G.1.4.3-4.

2.5 Ensure the UE is in State 5A-V2X in Transmit Mode according to TS 36.508 [7] clause 4.5.9 using the new UL power control setting.

2.6 The UE starts to perform the V2X PSBCH/SLSS transmission according to SL-V2X-Preconfiguration every 40 subframes.

2.7 Measure the EVM using Global In-Channel Tx-Test (Annex E) until the SS collect 24 subframes of PSBCH. When V2X transmissions are shortened due to transmission gap of 1 symbol at the end of the subframe, the EVM measurement interval is reduced by one symbol, accordingly.

6.5.2.1G.1.4.3 Message contents

Message contents are according to TS 36.508 [7] subclause 4.6, 4.7.I and 4.10 with the following exceptions:

Table 6.5.2.1G.1.4.3-1: Void

Table 6.5.2.1G.1.4.3-2: maxTxPower configuration for PSSCH/PSCCH test point 2

Derivation Path: 36.508 Table 4.6.3-20K
Information Element	Value/remark	Comment	Condition
SL-V2X-PreconfigFreqInfo-r14-DEFAULT ::= SEQUENCE {
v2x-CommPreconfigGeneral-r14 SEQUENCE {
maxTxPower-r12	-30
}
}

Table 6.5.2.1G.1.4.3-3: synConfig configuration for PSBCH test point 1 and 2

Derivation Path: 36.508 Table 4.6.3-20K
Information Element	Value/remark	Comment	Condition
SL-V2X-PreconfigFreqInfo-r14-DEFAULT ::= SEQUENCE {
v2x-CommPreconfigSync-r14 SEQUENCE {
syncOffsetIndicators-r14 SEQUENCE {
syncOffsetIndicator1-r14	0
syncOffsetIndicator2-r14	50
syncOffsetIndicator3-r14	Not present
}
syncTxParameters-r14	31dBm
syncTxThreshOoC-r14	4	-90dBm
filterCoefficient-r14	fc2
syncRefMinHyst-r14	dB6
syncRefDiffHyst-r14	dB6
}
}

Table 6.5.2.1G.1.4.3-4: maxTxPower configuration for PSBCH test point 2

Derivation Path: 36.508 Table 4.6.3-20K
Information Element	Value/remark	Comment	Condition
SL-V2X-PreconfigFreqInfo-r14-DEFAULT ::= SEQUENCE {
v2x-CommPreconfigGeneral-r14 SEQUENCE {
maxTxPower-r12	-30
}
}

6.5.2.1G.1.5 Test requirement

The PSSCH EVM derived in E.9 shall not exceed 17.5% for QPSK, 12.5% for 16 QAM.

The PSCCH EVM and derived in E.9 shall not exceed 17.5%.

The PSBCH EVM derived in FFS shall not exceed 17.5%.

6.5.2.1G.2 Error Vector Magnitude (EVM) for V2X Communication / Simultaneous E-UTRA V2X sidelink and E-UTRA uplink transmissions

6.5.2.1G.2.1 Test Purpose

6.5.2.1G.2.2 Test applicability

This test case applies to all types of E-UTRA UE release 14 and forward that support simultaneous E-UTRA V2X sidelink and E-UTRA uplink transmissions for inter-band E-UTRA V2X / E-UTRA bands specified in Table 5.2G-2.

6.5.2.1G.2.3 Minimum conformance requirements

The minimum conformance requirements are defined in clause 6.5.2.1G.0.

6.5.2.1G.2.4 Test description

6.5.2.1G.2.4.1 Initial conditions

Initial conditions are a set of test configurations the UE needs to be tested in and the steps for the SS to take with the UE to reach the correct measurement state.

The initial test configurations consist of environmental conditions, test frequencies, and channel bandwidths based on Inter-band con-current V2X configurations specified in Table 5.4.2G.1-2. All of these configurations shall be tested with applicable test parameters for each channel bandwidth, and are shown in Table 6.5.2.1G.2.4.1-1 to Table 6.5.2.1G.2.4.1-2. The details of the uplink and V2X reference measurement channels (RMCs) are specified in Annexes A.2 and A.8.3 respectively. Configurations of PDSCH and PDCCH before measurement are specified in Annex C.2.

Table 6.5.2.1G.2.4.1-1: Test Configuration Table for PUSCH, PSSCH and PSCCH

Initial Conditions
Test Environment as specified in TS 36.508 [7] subclause 4.1			NC
Test Frequencies as specified in TS 36.508 [7] subclause 4.3.1			Low range, Mid range, High range
Test Channel Bandwidths as specified in 5.4.2G			Lowest N_{RB_agg}, Highest N_{RB_agg}
Test Parameters for Channel Bandwidths
	Downlink	Uplink Configuration		V2X Configuration
Ch BW	N/A for EVM test case	Mod’n	RB allocation	Ch BW	Mod’n	PSSCH RB allocation
1.4MHz		QPSK	6	10 MHz	QPSK	48@2
1.4MHz		QPSK	1	10 MHz	16QAM	48@2
1.4MHz		16QAM	6	20 MHz	QPSK	96@2
1.4MHz		16QAM	1	20 MHz	16QAM	96@2
3MHz		QPSK	15
3MHz		QPSK	4
3MHz		16QAM	15
3MHz		16QAM	4
5MHz		QPSK	25
5MHz		QPSK	8
5MHz		16QAM	25
5MHz		16QAM	8
10MHz		QPSK	50
10MHz		QPSK	12
10MHz		16QAM	50 (Note 3)
10MHz		16QAM	12
15MHz		QPSK	75
15MHz		QPSK	16
15MHz		16QAM	75 (Note 3)
15MHz		16QAM	16
20MHz		QPSK	100
20MHz		QPSK	18
20MHz		16QAM	100 (Note 3)
20MHz		16QAM	18
Note 1: V2X con-current band configurations are checked separately for each band configuration, which applicable aggregated channel bandwidths are specified in Table 5.4.2G.1-2. Note 2: For partial RB allocation of E-UTRA carrier, the RB_start shall be RB #0 and RB# (max+1 – RB allocation) of the channel bandwidth. Note 3: Applies only for UE-Categories ≥2

Table 6.5.2.1G.2.4.1-2: Test Configuration Table for PSBCH

Initial Conditions
Test Environment as specified in TS 36.508 [7] subclause 4.1			NC
Test Frequencies as specified in TS 36.508 [7] subclause 4.3.1			Low range, Mid range, High range
Test Channel Bandwidths as specified in 5.4.2G			Lowest N_{RB_agg}, Highest N_{RB_agg}
Test Parameters for Channel Bandwidths
	Downlink	Uplink Configuration		V2X Configuration PSBCH
Ch BW	N/A for EVM test case	Mod’n	RB allocation	Ch BW	Mod’n	RB allocation
1.4MHz		QPSK	6	10 MHz	QPSK	6
1.4MHz		QPSK	1	20 MHz	QPSK	6
1.4MHz		16QAM	6
1.4MHz		16QAM	1
3MHz		QPSK	15
3MHz		QPSK	4
3MHz		16QAM	15
3MHz		16QAM	4
5MHz		QPSK	25
5MHz		QPSK	8
5MHz		16QAM	25
5MHz		16QAM	8
10MHz		QPSK	50
10MHz		QPSK	12
10MHz		16QAM	50 (Note 3)
10MHz		16QAM	12
15MHz		QPSK	75
15MHz		QPSK	16
15MHz		16QAM	75 (Note 3)
15MHz		16QAM	16
20MHz		QPSK	100
20MHz		QPSK	18
20MHz		16QAM	100 (Note 3)
20MHz		16QAM	18
Note 1: V2X con-current band configurations are checked separately for each band configuration, which applicable aggregated channel bandwidths are specified in Table 5.4.2G.1-2. Note 2: For partial RB allocation of E-UTRA carrier, the RB_start shall be RB #0 and RB# (max+1 – RB allocation) of the channel bandwidth. Note 3: Applies only for UE-Categories ≥2

1. Connect the SS to the UE antenna connectors as shown in TS 36.508 [7] Annex A, Figure A.93a.

2. The parameter settings for the cell are set up according to TS 36.508 [7] subclause 4.4.3.

3. Downlink signals are initially set up according to Annex C.0, C.1, and C.3.0, and uplink signals according to Annex H.1 and H.3.0.

4. The UL and V2X reference measurement channels are set according to Table 6.5.2.1G.2.4.1-1 to Table 6.5.2.1G.2.4.1-2.

5. Propagation conditions are set according to Annex B.0.

6. Ensure the UE is in State 3A-RF-V2X according to TS 36.508 [7] clause 5.2A.2C. Message content exceptions are defined in clause 6.5.2.1G.2.4.3.

6.5.2.1G.2.4.2 Test procedure

Test procedure for PUSCH, PSSCH and PSCCH:

1.1 The SS simultaneously sends uplink scheduling information for each UL HARQ process via PDCCH DCI format 0 for C_RNTI to schedule the UL RMC and V2X scheduling information via PDCCH DCI format 5A for SL_V_RNTI to schedule the V2X RMC according to Table 6.5.2.1G.2.4.1-1. Since the UE has no payload and no loopback data to send the UE sends uplink MAC padding bits on the UL and V2X RMCs.

1.2 Send continuously uplink power control "up" commands in the uplink scheduling information to the UE to ensure that the UE transmits at P_UMAXlevel for the duration of the test. Configure the UE to transmit PSCCH and PSSCH with the P_UMAX level.

1.3 Measure the EVM using Global In-Channel Tx-Test (Annex E). The measurement period for EVM of PUSCH is according to 6.5.2.1. The measurement period for EVM of PSSCH and PSCCH is according to 6.5.2.1G.1.

1.4 Send the appropriate TPC commands in the uplink scheduling information to the UE until UE uplink output power is –36.8dBm ±3.2dB for carrier frequency f ≤ 3.0GHz. Configure the UE to transmit PSCCH and PSSCH with a relative low power according to Table 6.5.2.1G.2.4.3-2.

1.5 Ensure the UE is in State 3A-RF-V2X according to TS 36.508 [7] clause 5.2A.2C using the new UL power control setting.

1.6 The SS simultaneously sends uplink scheduling information for each UL HARQ process via PDCCH DCI format 0 for C_RNTI to schedule the UL RMC and V2X scheduling information via PDCCH DCI format 5A for SL_V_RNTI to schedule the V2X RMC according to Table 6.5.2.1G.2.4.1-1. Since the UE has no payload and no loopback data to send the UE sends uplink MAC padding bits on the UL and V2X RMCs.

1.7Measure the EVM using Global In-Channel Tx-Test (Annex E). The measurement period for EVM of PUSCH is according to 6.5.2.1. The measurement period for EVM of PSSCH and PSCCH is according to 6.5.2.1G.1.

Test procedure for PUSCH and PSBCH:

2.1 The UE starts to perform the V2X PSBCH/SLSS transmission according to SL-V2X-Configuration every 40 subframes. The synchronization configuration of UE is according to Table 6.5.2.1G.2.4.3-3.

2.2 Send continuously uplink power control "up" commands in the uplink scheduling information to the UE to ensure that the UE transmits at P_UMAXlevel for the duration of the test. Configure the UE to transmit PSBCH with the P_UMAX level.

2.3 Measure the EVM using Global In-Channel Tx-Test (Annex E). The measurement period for EVM of PUSCH is according to 6.5.2.1. The measurement period for EVM of PSBCH is according to 6.5.2.1G.1.

2.4 Send the appropriate TPC commands in the uplink scheduling information to the UE until UE uplink output power is –36.8dBm ±3.2dB for carrier frequency f ≤ 3.0GHz. Configure the UE to transmit PSBCH with a relative low power according to Table 6.5.2.1G.2.4.3-3 and Table 6.5.2.1G.2.4.3-4.

2.5 Ensure the UE is in State 3A-RF-V2X according to TS 36.508 [7] clause 5.2A.2C using the new UL power control setting.

2.6 The UE starts to perform the V2X PSBCH/SLSS transmission according to SL-V2X-Configuration every 40 subframes.

2.7 Measure the EVM using Global In-Channel Tx-Test (Annex E). The measurement period for EVM of PUSCH is according to 6.5.2.1. The measurement period for EVM of PSBCH is according to 6.5.2.1G.1.

6.5.2.1G.2.4.3 Message contents

Message contents are according to TS 36.508 [7] subclause 4.6 with the following exceptions:

Table 6.5.2.1G.2.4.3-1: SL-CommResourcePoolV2X-r14 configuration for PSSCH/PSCCH test point 1 and 2

Derivation Path: 36.508 [7] Table 4.6.3-20C
Information Element	Value/remark	Comment	Condition
SL-CommResourcePoolV2X-r14-DEFAULT ::= SEQUENCE {
sizeSubchannel-r14	n50		BW10
	n100		BW20
numSubchannel-r14	n1
}

Condition	Explanation
BW10	10 MHz channel bandwidth cell environment
BW20	20 MHz channel bandwidth cell environment

Table 6.5.2.1G.2.4.3-2: sl-MaxTxPower configuration for PSSCH/PSCCH test point 2

Derivation Path: 36.508 [7] Table 4.6.3-20E
Information Element	Value/remark	Comment	Condition
SL-InterFreqInfoV2X-r14-DEFAULT ::= SEQUENCE {
sl-MaxTxPower-r14	-30
}

Table 6.5.2.1G.2.4.3-3: synConfig configuration for PSBCH test point 1 and 2

Derivation Path: 36.508 [7] Table 4.6.3-20I
Information Element	Value/remark	Comment	Condition
SL-V2X-InterFreqUE-Config-r14-DEFAULT ::= SEQUENCE {
v2x-SyncConfig-r14 SEQUENCE {
asyncParameters-r13 SEQUENCE {
syncOffsetIndicator-r12	0
}
syncOffsetIndicator2-r14	50
syncOffsetIndicator3-r14	Not present
txParameters-r13 SEQUENCE {
syncTxParameters-r13
alpha-r12	al0
p0-r12	31
}
}
}

Table 6.5.2.1G.2.4.3-4: sl-MaxTxPower configuration for PSBCH test point 2

Derivation Path: 36.508 [7] Table 4.6.3-20E
Information Element	Value/remark	Comment	Condition
SL-InterFreqInfoV2X-r14-DEFAULT ::= SEQUENCE {
sl-MaxTxPower-r14	-30
}

6.5.2.1G.2.5 Test requirement

The PUSCH EVM derived in E.4.2 shall not exceed 17.5 % for QPSK, 12.5% for 16 QAM.

The PUSCH derived in E.4.6.2 shall not exceed 17.5 % when embedded with data symbols of QPSK, 12.5% for 16 QAM.

The PSSCH EVM derived in E.9.1 shall not exceed 17.5% for QPSK, 12.5% for 16 QAM.

The PSCCH EVM derived in E.9.1 shall not exceed 17.5%.

The PSBCH EVM derived in E.9.2 shall not exceed 17.5%.

6.5.2.1G.3 Error Vector Magnitude (EVM) for V2X Communication / Intra-band contiguous multi-carrier operation

6.5.2.1G.3.1 Test Purpose

6.5.2.1G.3.2 Test applicability

This test case applies to all types of E-UTRA UE release 14 and forward that support Intra-band contiguous multi-carrier operation V2X Communication.

6.5.2.1G.3.3 Minimum conformance requirements

The minimum conformance requirements are defined in clause 6.5.2.1G.0.

6.5.2.1G.3.4 Test description

6.5.2.1G.3.4.1 Initial conditions

Initial conditions are a set of test configurations the UE needs to be tested in and the steps for the SS to take with the UE to reach the correct measurement state.

The initial test configurations consist of environmental conditions, test frequencies, and channel bandwidths based on V2X intra-band contiguous multi-carrier operation bands specified in Table 5.4.2G.1-4. All of these configurations shall be tested with applicable test parameters for each channel bandwidth, and are shown in Table 6.5.2.1G.3.4.1-1. The details of the V2X reference measurement channels (RMCs) are specified in Annexes A.8.3 and reference GNSS configuration as defined in TS 36.508 [7] subclause 4.11.

Table 6.5.2.1G.3.4.1-1: Test Configuration Table

Initial Conditions
Test Environment as specified in TS 36.508 [7] subclause 4.1			NC
Test Frequencies as specified in TS 36.508 [7] subclause 4.3.1			Low range, Mid range, High range
Test CC Combination setting(N_{RB_agg}) as specified in subclause 5.4.2G			Lowest N_{RB_agg}, Highest N_{RB_agg}
Test Parameters for Channel Bandwidths
V2X Multi-carrier Configuration		V2X PSSCH Allocation
CC1 N_RB	CC2 N_RB	CC1 & CC2 Mod		CC1 and CC2 RB Allocation
50	50	QPSK		48@2+48@2
50	50	16QAM		48@2+48@2
Note 1: Only one link has an upload RB allocation when testing EVM.

Table 6.5.2.1G.3.4.1-2: Test Configuration Table for PSBCH

Initial Conditions
Test Environment as specified in TS 36.508[7] subclause 4.1			NC
Test Frequencies as specified in TS 36.508 [7] subclause 4.3.1			Low range, Mid range , High range
Test Channel Bandwidths as specified in subclause 5.4.2G			Lowest N_{RB_agg}, Highest N_{RB_agg}
Test Parameters for Channel Bandwidths
V2X multi-carrier Configuration		V2X PSBCH Configuration
CC1 N_RB	CC2 N_RB	CC1 & CC2 Mod	CC1 and CC2 RB Allocation
10MHz	10MHz	QPSK	6+6
Note 1: Only one link has an upload RB allocation when testing EVM.

1. Connect the SS to the UE antenna connectors and connect the GNSS simulator to the UE GNSS RX antenna connector as shown in TS 36.508 [7] Annex A, in Figure A.89a.

2. The parameter setting for the V2X sidelink transmission over PC5 is pre-configured according to TS 36.508[7] subclause 4.10.1.Message content exceptions are defined in clause 6.5.2.1G.3.4.3.

3. The V2X Reference Measurement Channels are set according to Table 6.5.2.1G.3.4.1-1

4. The GNSS simulator is configured for Scenario #1: static in Geographical area #1, as defined in TS36.508 [7] Table 4.11.2-2. Geographical area #1 is also pre-configured in the UE.

5. Propagation conditions are set according to Annex B.0.

6. Ensure the UE is in State 5A-V2X in Transmit Mode according to TS 36.508 [7] clause 4.5.9.

7. The GNSS simulator is triggered to start step 1 of Scenario #1 to simulate a location in the centre of Geographical area #1. Wait for the UE to acquire the GNSS signal and start to transmit.

6.5.2.1G.3.4.2 Test procedure

Test procedure for PSSCH and PSCCH:

1.2 Configure the UE to transmit at P_{UMAX level}.

1.3 Measure the EVM using Global In-Channel Tx-Test (Annex E) for each component carrier. The measurement period is 15 subframes. When V2X transmissions are shortened due to transmission gap of 1 symbol at the end of the subframe, the EVM measurement interval is reduced by one symbol, accordingly.

1.4 Modify SL-V2X-Preconfiguration to ensure the UE to transmit at a relative low power, according to Table 6.5.2.1G.3.4.3-2.

1.5 Ensure the UE is in State 5A-V2X in Transmit Mode according to TS 36.508 [7] clause 4.5.9 using the new UL power control setting.

1.7 Measure the EVM using Global In-Channel Tx-Test (Annex E) for each component carrier. The measurement period is 15 subframes. When V2X transmissions are shortened due to transmission gap of 1 symbol at the end of the subframe, the EVM measurement interval is reduced by one symbol, accordingly.

Test procedure for PSBCH:

2.1 The UE starts to perform the V2X PSBCH/SLSS transmission according to SL-V2X-Preconfiguration every 40 subframes. The synchronization configuration of UE is according to Table 6.5.2.1G.3.4.3-3.

2.2 Configure the UE to transmit at P_UMAXlevel.

2.3 Measure the EVM using Global In-Channel Tx-Test (Annex E) until the SS collect 24 subframes of PSBCH for each component carrier. When V2X transmissions are shortened due to transmission gap of 1 symbol at the end of the subframe, the EVM measurement interval is reduced by one symbol, accordingly.

2.4 Modify SL-V2X-Preconfiguration to ensure the UE to transmit at a relative low power, according to Table 6.5.2.1G.3.4.3-3 and Table 6.5.2.1G.3.4.3-4.

2.5 Ensure the UE is in State 5A-V2X in Transmit Mode according to TS 36.508 [7] clause 4.5.9 using the new UL power control setting.

2.6 The UE starts to perform the V2X PSBCH/SLSS transmission according to SL-V2X-Preconfiguration every 40 subframes.

2.7 Measure the EVM using Global In-Channel Tx-Test (Annex E) until the SS collect 24 subframes of PSBCH for each component carrier. When V2X transmissions are shortened due to transmission gap of 1 symbol at the end of the subframe, the EVM measurement interval is reduced by one symbol, accordingly.

6.5.2.1G.3.4.3 Message contents

Message contents are according to TS 36.508 [7] subclause 4.6, 4.7.I and 4.10 with the following exceptions:

Table 6.5.2.1G.3.4.3-1: SL-V2X-PreconfigCommPool-r14 configuration for CC1 & CC2 PSSCH/PSCCH test point 1 and 2

Derivation Path: 36.508 [7] Table 4.6.3-20J
Information Element	Value/remark	Comment	Condition
SL-V2X-PreconfigCommPool-r14-DEFAULT ::= SEQUENCE {
sizeSubchannel-r14	n50		N_{RB_alloc =}48,
numSubchannel-r14	n1
syncAllowed-r14 ::= SEQUENCE {
gnss-Sync-r14	True	The resource of CC1 and CC2 can be used if the UE is directly or indirectly synchronized to GNSS
}
}

Table 6.5.2.1G.3.4.3-2: maxTxPower configuration for CC1 & CC2 PSSCH/PSCCH test point 2

Derivation Path: 36.508 [7] Table 4.6.3-20K
Information Element	Value/remark	Comment	Condition
SL-V2X-PreconfigFreqInfo-r14-DEFAULT ::= SEQUENCE {
v2x-CommPreconfigGeneral-r14 SEQUENCE {
maxTxPower-r12	-30
}
}

Table 6.5.2.1G.3.4.3-3: synConfig configuration for CC1 & CC2 PSBCH test point 1 and 2

Derivation Path: 36.508 [7] Table 4.6.3-20K
Information Element	Value/remark	Comment	Condition
SL-V2X-PreconfigFreqInfo-r14-DEFAULT ::= SEQUENCE {
v2x-CommPreconfigSync-r14 SEQUENCE {
syncOffsetIndicators-r14 SEQUENCE {
syncOffsetIndicator1-r14	0
syncOffsetIndicator2-r14	50
syncOffsetIndicator3-r14	Not present
}
syncTxParameters-r14	31dBm
syncTxThreshOoC-r14	4	-90dBm
filterCoefficient-r14	fc2
syncRefMinHyst-r14	dB6
syncRefDiffHyst-r14	dB6
}
}

Table 6.5.2.1G.3.4.3-4: maxTxPower configuration for CC1 & CC2 PSBCH test point 2

Derivation Path: 36.508 [7] Table 4.6.3-20K
Information Element	Value/remark	Comment	Condition
SL-V2X-PreconfigFreqInfo-r14-DEFAULT ::= SEQUENCE {
v2x-CommPreconfigGeneral-r14 SEQUENCE {
maxTxPower-r12	-30
}
}

6.5.2.1G.3.5 Test requirement

The PSSCH EVM derived in E.9.1 shall not exceed 17.5% for QPSK, 12.5% for 16 QAM.

The PSCCH EVM and derived in E.9.1 shall not exceed 17.5%.

The PSBCH EVM derived in E.9.2 shall not exceed 17.5%.

6.5.2.1_s Error Vector Magnitude for subslot/slot TTI

6.5.2.1_s.1 Test purpose

The basic EVM measurement interval in the time domain is one preamble sequence for the PRACH, and as specified in Table 6.5.2.1_s-1 for the PUCCH and PUSCH in the time domain. When the PUSCH or PUCCH transmission slot or subslot is shortened due to multiplexing with SRS, the EVM measurement interval is reduced by one symbol, accordingly. Likewise, when the PUSCH starting position is modified or when second last symbol is the ending symbol of the PUSCH subframe for Frame Structure Type 3, the EVM measurement interval is reduced accordingly. The PUSCH or PUCCH EVM measurement interval is also reduced when the mean power, modulation or allocation between slots or subslots is expected to change. In the case of PUSCH transmission, the measurement interval is reduced by a time interval equal to the sum of 5 μs and the applicable exclusion period defined in subclause 6.3.4, adjacent to the boundary where the power change is expected to occur. The PUSCH exclusion period is applied to the signal obtained after the front-end IDFT. In the case of PUCCH transmission with power change, the PUCCH EVM measurement interval is reduced by one symbol adjacent to the boundary where the power change is expected to occur.

Table 6.5.2.1_s-1: Measurement interval for EVM

TTI pattern	Measurement interval
Subframe	7OS
Slot	7OS
Subslot	2OS, 3OS

6.5.2.1_s.2 Test applicability

This test case applies to all types of E-UTRA UE release 15 and forward that support subslot/slot TTI.

6.5.2.1_s.3 Minimum conformance requirements

Same minimum conformance requirements as in clause 6.5.2.1.3.

6.5.2.1_s.4 Test description

6.5.2.1_s.4.1 Initial condition

Initial conditions are a set of test configurations the UE needs to be tested in and the steps for the SS to take with the UE to reach the correct measurement state.

The initial test configurations consist of environmental conditions, test frequencies, and channel bandwidths based on E-UTRA bands specified in table 5.4.2.1-1. All of these configurations shall be tested with applicable test parameters for each channel bandwidth, and are shown in table 6.5.2.1_s.4.1-1. The details of the uplink reference measurement channels (RMCs) are specified in Annex A.2. Configurations of PDSCH and PDCCH before measurement are specified in Annex C.2.

Table 6.5.2.1_s.4.1-1: Test Configuration Table for PUSCH

Initial Conditions
Test Environment (as specified in TS 36.508 [7] subclause 4.1)		NC
Test Frequencies (as specified in TS36.508 [7] subclause 4.3.1)		See Table 6.5.1.4.1-1
Test Channel Bandwidths (as specified in TS 36.508 [7] subclause 4.3.1)		See Table 6.5.1.4.1-1
Test Parameters for Channel Bandwidths
	Downlink Configuration	Uplink Configuration
Ch BW	N/A for PUSCH EVM testing	Modulation	RB allocation
			FDD	TDD
1.4MHz		QPSK	6	6
1.4MHz		QPSK	1	1
1.4MHz		16QAM	6	6
1.4MHz		16QAM	1	1
3MHz		QPSK	15	15
3MHz		QPSK	4	4
3MHz		16QAM	15	15
3MHz		16QAM	4	4
5MHz		QPSK	25	25
5MHz		QPSK	8	8
5MHz		16QAM	25	25
5MHz		16QAM	8	8
10MHz		QPSK	50	50
10MHz		QPSK	12	12
10MHz		16QAM	50 (Note 3)	50 (Note 3)
10MHz		16QAM	12	12
15MHz		QPSK	75	75
15MHz		QPSK	16	16
15MHz		16QAM	75 (Note 3)	75 (Note 3)
15MHz		16QAM	16	16
20MHz		QPSK	100	100
20MHz		QPSK	18	18
20MHz		16QAM	100 (Note 3)	100 (Note 3)
20MHz		16QAM	18	18
Note 1: Test Channel Bandwidths are checked separately for each E-UTRA band, which applicable channel bandwidths are specified in Table 5.4.2.1-1. Note 2: For partial RB allocation, the RB_start shall be RB #0 and RB# (max+1 – RB allocation) of the channel bandwidth. Note 3: Applies only for UE-Categories ≥2

Table 6.5.2.1_s.4.1-2: Test Configuration Table for PUCCH

Initial Conditions
Test Environment as specified in TS 36.508[7] subclause 4.1			NC
Test Frequencies as specified in TS36.508 [7] subclause 4.3.1			See Table 6.5.1.4.1-1
Test Channel Bandwidths as specified in TS 36.508 [7] subclause 4.3.1			See Table 6.5.1.4.1-1
Test Parameters for Channel Bandwidths
	Downlink Configuration			Uplink Configuration
Ch BW	Mod’n	RB allocation		FDD: PUCCH format = Format 1a TDD: PUCCH format = Format 1a / 1b
		FDD	TDD
1.4MHz	QPSK	3	3
3MHz	QPSK	4	4
5MHz	QPSK	8	8
10MHz	QPSK	16	16
15MHz	QPSK	25	25
20MHz	QPSK	30	30
Note 1: Test Channel Bandwidths are checked separately for each E-UTRA band, the applicable channel bandwidths are specified in Table 5.4.2.1-1.

Table 6.5.2.1_s.4.1-3: Test Configuration for PRACH

Initial Conditions
Test Environment (as specified in TS 36.508 [7] subclause 4.1)	NC
Test Frequencies (as specified in TS36.508 [7] subclause 4.3.1)	See Table 6.5.1.4.1-1
Test Channel Bandwidths (as specified in TS 36.508 [7] subclause 4.3.1)	See Table 6.5.1.4.1-1
PRACH preamble format
	FDD	TDD
PRACH Configuration Index	4	53
RS EPRE setting for test point 1 (dBm/15kHz)	-71	-63
RS EPRE setting for test point 2 (dBm/15kHz)	-86	-78

1. Connect the SS to the UE to the UE antenna connectors as shown in TS 36.508 [7] Annex A, Figure A.3.

2. The parameter settings for the cell are set up according to TS 36.508[7] subclause 4.4.3.

3. Downlink signals are initially set up according to Annex C0, C.1 and C.3.0, and uplink signals according to Annex H.1 and H.3.0.

4. The UL Reference Measurement channels are set according to in Table 6.5.2.1_s.4.1-1.

5. Propagation conditions are set according to Annex B.0

6. Ensure the UE is in State 3A-RF according to TS 36.508 [7] clause 5.2A.2. Message contents are defined in clause 6.5.2.1_s.4.3.

6.5.2.1_s.4.2 Test procedure

Test procedure for subslot/slot PUSCH:

1.1. SS sends uplink scheduling information for each UL HARQ process via SPDCCH DCI format 7-0A for C_RNTI to schedule the UL RMC according to Table 6.5.2.1_s.4.1-1. Since the UE has no payload data to send, the UE transmits uplink MAC padding bits on the UL RMC.

1.2. Send continuously uplink power control "up" commands in the uplink scheduling information to the UE until the UE transmits at P_{UMAX level}.

1.3. Measure the EVM and using Global In-Channel Tx-Test (Annex E).

1.4. Send the appropriate TPC commands in the uplink scheduling information to the UE until UE output power is –36.8dBm ±3.2dB for carrier frequency f ≤ 3.0GHz or -36.5dBm ±3.5 dB for carrier frequency 3.0GHz < f ≤ 4.2GHz.

1.5. Measure the EVM and using Global In-Channel Tx-Test (Annex E).

Test procedure for subslot/slot PUCCH:

2.1. PUCCH are set according to Table 6.5.2.1_s.4.1-2.

2.2. SS transmits PDSCH via PDCCH DCI format 1A for C_RNTI to transmit the DL RMC according to Table 6.5.2.1_s.4.1-2. The SS sends downlink MAC padding bits on the DL RMC. The transmission of PDSCH will make the UE send uplink ACK/NACK using subslot/slot PUCCH. There is no PUSCH transmission.

2.3. SS send appropriate TPC commands for subslot/slot PUCCH to the UE until the UE transmit subslot/slot PUCCH at P_UMAXlevel.

2.4. Measure subslot/slot PUCCH EVM using Global In-Channel Tx-Test (Annex E).

2.5. Send the appropriate TPC commands for subslot/slot PUCCH to the UE until the UE transmits subslot/slot PUCCH at -36.8dBm ±3.2dB for carrier frequency f ≤ 3.0GHz or -36.5dBm ±3.5 dB for carrier frequency 3.0GHz < f ≤ 4.2GHz.

2.6. Measure subslot/slot PUCCH EVM using Global In-Channel Tx-Test (Annex E).

Test procedure for PRACH:

3.1. The SS shall set RS EPRE according to Table 6.5.2.1_s.4.1-3.

3.2. PRACH is set according to Table 6.5.2.1_s.4.1-3.

3.3. The SS shall signal a Random Access Preamble ID via a PDCCH order to the UE and initiate a Non-contention based Random Access procedure

3.4. The UE shall send the signalled preamble to the SS.

3.5. In response to the preamble, the SS shall transmit a random access response not corresponding to the transmitted random access preamble, or send no response.

3.6. The UE shall consider the random access response reception not successful then re-transmit the preamble with the calculated PRACH transmission power.

3.7. Repeat step 5 and 6 until the SS collect enough PRACH preambles (2 preambles for format 0 and 10 preambles for format 4). Measure the EVM in PRACH channel using Global In-Channel Tx-Test (Annex E).

6.5.2.1_s.4.3 Message contents

Same message contents as in clause 6.5.2.1.4.3 with the following exceptions:

Table 6.5.2.1_s.4.3-5: PhysicalConfigDedicated-DEFAULT (preamble)

Derivation Path: 36.331 clause 6.3.2
Information Element	Value/remark	Comment	Condition
PhysicalConfigDedicated-DEFAULT ::= SEQUENCE {
PhysicalConfigDedicatedSTTI-r15 SEQUENCE {
shortTTI-r15 SEQUENCE {
dl-STTI-Length-r15	subslot		FDD_sTTI-22 OR FDD_sTTI-27
ul-STTI-Length-r15	subslot		FDD_sTTI-22
}
}
}

Condition	Explanation
FDD_sTTI-22	FDD cell environment and UEs supporting {subslot, subslot} combination
FDD_sTTI-27	FDD cell environment and UEs supporting {subslot, slot} combination

6.5.2.1_s.5 Test requirements

Same test requirements as in clause 6.5.2.1.5.

6.5.2.2 Carrier leakage

6.5.2.2.1 Test Purpose

Carrier leakage expresses itself as unmodulated sine wave with the carrier frequency or centre frequency of aggregated transmission bandwidth configuration. It is an interference of approximately constant amplitude and independent of the amplitude of the wanted signal. Carrier leakage interferes with the centre sub carriers of the UE under test (if allocated), especially, when their amplitude is small. The measurement interval is defined over one slot in the time domain.

The purpose of this test is to exercise the UE transmitter to verify its modulation quality in terms of carrier leakage.

6.5.2.2.2 Test applicability

This test case applies to all types of E-UTRA UE release 8 and forward.

6.5.2.2.3 Minimum conformance requirements

The relative carrier leakage power is a power ratio of the additive sinusoid waveform and the modulated waveform. The relative carrier leakage power shall not exceed the values specified in Table 6.5.2.2.3-1 or 6.5.2.2.3-2.

Table 6.5.2.2.3-1: Minimum requirements for Relative Carrier Leakage Power for UE supporting Rel-8 to Rel-10

LO Leakage	Parameters	Relative Limit (dBc)
	Output power >0 dBm	-25
	-30 dBm ≤ Output power ≤0 dBm	-20
	-40 dBm ≤ Output power < -30 dBm	-10

Table 6.5.2.2.3-2: Minimum requirements for Relative Carrier Leakage Power for UE supporting Rel.11 and higher

Parameters	Relative limit (dBc)	Applicable frequencies
Output power >10 dBm	-28	Carrier centre frequency < 1 GHz
Output power >10 dBm	-25	Carrier centre frequency ≥ 1 GHz
0 dBm ≤ Output power ≤10 dBm	-25
-30 dBm ≤ Output power ≤0 dBm	-20
-40 dBm ≤ Output power < -30 dBm	-10

The normative reference for this requirement is TS 36.101 clause 6.5.2.2.1

6.5.2.2.4 Test description

6.5.2.2.4.1 Initial conditions

Initial conditions are a set of test configurations the UE needs to be tested in and the steps for the SS to take with the UE to reach the correct measurement state.

The initial test configurations consist of environmental conditions, test frequencies, and channel bandwidths based on E-UTRA bands specified in table 5.4.2.1-1. All of these configurations shall be tested with applicable test parameters for each channel bandwidth, and are shown in table 6.5.2.2.4.1-1. The details of the uplink reference measurement channels (RMCs) are specified in Annexes A.2. Configurations of PDSCH and PDCCH before measurement are specified in Annex C.2.

Table 6.5.2.2.4.1-1: Test Configuration Table

Initial Conditions
Test Environment (as specified in TS 36.508 [7] subclause 4.1)		See Table 6.5.1.4.1-1
Test Frequencies (as specified in TS36.508 [7] subclause 4.3.1)		See Table 6.5.1.4.1-1
Test Channel Bandwidths (as specified in TS 36.508 [7] subclause 4.3.1)		See Table 6.5.1.4.1-1
Test Parameters for Channel Bandwidths
	Downlink Configuration	Uplink Configuration
Ch BW	N/A for carrier leakage testing	Mod’n	RB allocation
			FDD	TDD
1.4MHz		QPSK	1	1
3MHz		QPSK	4	4
5MHz		QPSK	8	8
10MHz		QPSK	12	12
15MHz		QPSK	16	16
20MHz		QPSK	18	18
Note 1: Test Channel Bandwidths are checked separately for each E-UTRA band, which applicable channel bandwidths are specified in Table 5.4.2.1-1. Note 2: For partial RB allocation, the RB_start shall be RB #0 and RB# (max +1- RB allocation) of the channel bandwidth.

1. Connect the SS to the UE to the UE antenna connectors as shown in TS 36.508 [7] Annex A, Figure A.3.

2. The parameter settings for the cell are set up according to TS 36.508[7] subclause 4.4.3.

3. Downlink signals are initially set up according to Annex C0, C.1 and C.3.0, and uplink signals according to Annex H.1 and H.3.0.

4. The UL Reference Measurement channels are set according to in Table 6.5.2.2.4.1-1.

5. Propagation conditions are set according to Annex B.0

6. Ensure the UE is in State 3A-RF according to TS 36.508 [7] clause 5.2A.2. Message contents are defined in clause 6.5.2.2.4.3.

6.5.2.2.4.2 Test procedure

1. SS sends uplink scheduling information for each UL HARQ process via PDCCH DCI format 0 for C_RNTI to schedule the UL RMC according to Table 6.5.2.2.4.1-1. Since the UE has no payload and no loopback data to send the UE sends uplink MAC padding bits on the UL RMC

2. Send the appropriate TPC commands in the uplink scheduling information to the UE until UE output power is 13.2 dBm ±3.2dB for carrier frequency f ≤ 3.0GHz or 13.5dBm ±3.5 dB for carrier frequency 3.0GHz < f ≤ 4.2GHz.

3. Measure carrier leakage using Global In-Channel Tx-Test (Annex E). For TDD slots with transient periods are not under test.

4. Send the appropriate TPC commands in the uplink scheduling information to the UE until UE output power is 3.2 dBm ±3.2dB for carrier frequency f ≤ 3.0GHz or 3.5dBm ±3.5 dB for carrier frequency 3.0GHz < f ≤ 4.2GHz.

5. Measure carrier leakage using Global In-Channel Tx-Test (Annex E). For TDD slots with transient periods are not under test.

6. Send the appropriate TPC commands in the uplink scheduling information to the UE until UE output power is -26.8 dBm ±3.2dB for carrier frequency f ≤ 3.0GHz or -26.5dBm ±3.5 dB for carrier frequency 3.0GHz < f ≤ 4.2GHz.

7. Measure carrier leakage using Global In-Channel Tx-Test (Annex E). For TDD slots with transient periods are not under test

8. Send the appropriate TPC commands in the uplink scheduling information to the UE until UE output power is -36.8dBm ±3.2dB for carrier frequency f ≤ 3.0GHz or -36.5dBm ±3.5 dB for carrier frequency 3.0GHz < f ≤ 4.2GHz.

9. Measure carrier leakage using Global In-Channel Tx-Test (Annex E). For TDD slots with transient periods are not under test

NOTE: The step 2 and 3 only apply to UE supporting Rel.11 and higher.

6.5.2.2.4.3 Message contents

Message contents are according to TS 36.508 [7] subclause 4.6.

6.5.2.2.5 Test requirement

Each of the 20 carrier leakage results, derived in Annex E.3.1, shall not exceed the values in table 6.5.2.2.5-1 or 6.5.2.2.5-2.

Table 6.5.2.2.5-1: Test requirements for Relative Carrier Leakage Power for UE supporting Rel-8 to Rel-10

LO Leakage	Parameters	Relative Limit (dBc)
	f ≤ 3.0GHz: 3.2 dBm ±3.2dB 3.0GHz < f ≤ 4.2GHz: 3.5 dBm ±3.5dB	-24.2
	f ≤ 3.0GHz: -26.8 dBm ±3.2dB 3.0GHz < f ≤ 4.2GHz: -26.5 dBm ±3.5dB	-19.2
	f ≤ 3.0GHz: -36.8dBm±3.2dB 3.0GHz < f ≤ 4.2GHz: -36.5 dBm ±3.5dB	-9.2

Table 6.5.2.2.5-2: Test requirements for Relative Carrier Leakage Power for UE supporting Rel.11 and higher

LO Leakage	Parameters	Relative limit (dBc)	Applicable frequencies
	f ≤ 3.0GHz: 13.2 dBm ±3.2dB 3.0GHz < f ≤ 4.2GHz: 13.5 dBm ±3.5dB	-27.2	Carrier centre frequency < 1 GHz
		-24.2	Carrier centre frequency ≥ 1 GHz
	f ≤ 3.0GHz: 3.2 dBm ±3.2dB 3.0GHz < f ≤ 4.2GHz: 3.5 dBm ±3.5dB	-24.2
	f ≤ 3.0GHz: -26.8 dBm ±3.2dB 3.0GHz < f ≤ 4.2GHz: -26.5 dBm ±3.5dB	-19.2
	f ≤ 3.0GHz: -36.8dBm±3.2dB 3.0GHz < f ≤ 4.2GHz: -36.5 dBm ±3.5dB	-9.2

6.5.2.2E Carrier leakage for UE category 0

6.5.2.2E.1 Test Purpose

Same test purpose in clause 6.5.2.2.1.

6.5.2.2E.2 Test applicability

This test case applies to all types of E-UTRA UE release 12 and forward of UE category 0.

6.5.2.2E.3 Minimum conformance requirements

Same minimum conformance requirements as in clause 6.3.2.3.

6.5.2.2E.4 Test description

6.5.2.2E.4.1 Initial conditions

Same initial conditions as in clause 6.5.2.2.4.1 with the following exceptions:

– Instead of Table 6.5.2.2.4.1-1 🡪 use Table 6.5.2.2E.4.1-1.

– Connect the SS to the UE antenna connectors as shown in TS 36.508[7] Annex A Figure A.3 using only main UE Tx/Rx antenna.

Table 6.5.2.2E.4.1-1: Test Configuration Table

Initial Conditions
Test Environment (as specified in TS 36.508 [7] subclause 4.1)		See Table 6.5.1.4.1-1
Test Frequencies (as specified in TS36.508 [7] subclause 4.3.1)		See Table 6.5.1.4.1-1
Test Channel Bandwidths (as specified in TS 36.508 [7] subclause 4.3.1)		See Table 6.5.1.4.1-1
Test Parameters for Channel Bandwidths
	Downlink Configuration	Uplink Configuration
Ch BW	N/A for carrier leakage testing	Mod’n	RB allocation
			FDD and HD-FDD	TDD
1.4MHz		QPSK	1	1
3MHz		QPSK	4	4
5MHz		QPSK	8	8
10MHz		QPSK	12	12
15MHz		QPSK	16	16
20MHz		QPSK	18	18
Note 1: Test Channel Bandwidths are checked separately for each E-UTRA band, which applicable channel bandwidths are specified in Table 5.4.2.1-1. Note 2: For partial RB allocation, the RB_start shall be RB #0 and RB# (max +1- RB allocation) of the channel bandwidth.

6.5.2.2.4.2 Test procedure

Same test procedure as in clause 6.5.2.2.4.1 with the following exception for HD-FDD:

– Instead of Table 6.5.2.2.4.1-1 🡪 use Table 6.5.2.2E.4.1-1.

– In step 3, slots with transient periods are not under test. Half-duplex guard subframes are not under test.

6.5.2.2E.4.3 Message contents

Message contents are according to TS 36.508 [7] subclause 4.6.

6.5.2.2E.5 Test requirement

Each of the 20 IQ offset results, derived in Annex E.3.1, shall not exceed the values in table 6.5.2.2E.5-1

Table 6.5.2.2E.5-1: Test requirements for Relative Carrier Leakage Power

LO Leakage	Parameters	Relative Limit (dBc)
	f ≤ 3.0GHz: 3.2 dBm ±3.2dB 3.0GHz < f ≤ 4.2GHz: 3.5 dBm ±3.5dB	-24.2
	f ≤ 3.0GHz: -26.8 dBm ±3.2dB 3.0GHz < f ≤ 4.2GHz: -26.5 dBm ±3.5dB	-19.2
	f ≤ 3.0GHz: -36.8dBm±3.2dB 3.0GHz < f ≤ 4.2GHz: -36.5 dBm ±3.5dB	-9.2

6.5.2.2EA Carrier leakage for UE category M1

6.5.2.2EA.1 Test Purpose

Same test purpose in clause 6.5.2.2.1.

6.5.2.2EA.2 Test applicability

This test case applies to all types of E-UTRA UE release 13 and forward of UE category M1.

6.5.2.2EA.3 Minimum conformance requirements

Carrier leakage is an additive sinusoid waveform that has the same frequency as a modulated waveform carrier frequency. For UE of UL Category M1, the sinusoid waveform may alternatively lie at the centre of the 6 RB narrowband assigned for transmission. The measurement interval is one slot in the time domain.

The relative carrier leakage power is a power ratio of the additive sinusoid waveform and the modulated waveform. The relative carrier leakage power at the centre of the channel bandwidth or the 6 RB narrowband assigned for transmission shall not exceed the values specified in Table 6.5.2.2.3-2. The normative reference for this requirement is TS 36.101 [2] clause 6.5.2E.2.1.

6.5.2.2EA.4 Test description

6.5.2.2EA.4.1 Initial conditions

Initial conditions are a set of test configurations the UE needs to be tested in and the steps for the SS to take with the UE to reach the correct measurement state.

The initial test configurations consist of environmental conditions, test frequencies, and channel bandwidths based on E-UTRA bands specified in sub-clause 5.2E. All of these configurations shall be tested with applicable test parameters for each channel bandwidth, and are shown in table 6.5.2.2EA.4.1-1. The details of the uplink reference measurement channels (RMCs) are specified in Annexes A.2. Configurations of PDSCH and MPDCCH before measurement are specified in Annex C.2.

Table 6.5.2.2EA.4.1-1: Test Configuration Table

Initial Conditions
Test Environment (as specified in TS 36.508 [7] subclause 4.1)		See Table 6.5.1.4.1-1
Test Frequencies (as specified in TS36.508 [7] subclause 4.3.1)		See Table 6.5.1.4.1-1
Test Channel Bandwidths (as specified in TS 36.508 [7] subclause 4.3.1)		5MHz
Test Parameters for Channel Bandwidths and Narrowband positions
	Downlink Configuration	Uplink Configuration
Ch BW	N/A for carrier leakage testing	Mod’n	RB allocation
			FDD and HD-FDD	TDD	Narrowband index¹
5MHz		QPSK	1	1	0
5MHz		QPSK	6	6	0
5MHz		π/2-BPSK	¼ (Note 3)	¼ (Note 3)	0
Note 1: Denotes where in the channel Bandwidth the narrowband shall be placed. Narrowband and Narrowband index are defined in TS36.211, 5.2.4 Note 2: For partial RB allocation, the RB_start shall be RB #0 and RB# (6 – RB allocation) of the channel bandwidth. Note 3: Only applicable for UE supporting subPRB allocation

1. Connect the SS to the UE to the UE antenna connectors as shown in TS 36.508 [7] Annex A, Figure A.3 using only main UE Tx/Rx antenna.

2. The parameter settings for the cell are set up according to TS 36.508[7] subclause 4.4.3.

3. Downlink signals are initially set up according to Annex C0, C.1 and C.3.0, and uplink signals according to Annex H.1 and H.3.0.

4. The UL Reference Measurement channels are set according to in Table 6.5.2.2EA.4.1-1.

5. Propagation conditions are set according to Annex B.0

6. Ensure the UE is in State 3A-RF-CE according to TS 36.508 [7] clause 5.2A.2AA. Message contents are defined in clause 6.5.2.2EA.4.3.

6.5.2.2EA.4.2 Test procedure

1. SS sends uplink scheduling information for each UL HARQ process via MPDCCH DCI format 6-0A for C_RNTI to schedule the UL RMC according to Table 6.5.2.2EA.4.1-1. Since the UE has no payload and no loopback data to send the UE sends uplink MAC padding bits on the UL RMC

3. Measure carrier leakage using Global In-Channel Tx-Test (Annex E) according to the UE’s declaration on the position of carrier centre frequency. For TDD slots with transient periods are not under test. For HD-FDD slots with transient periods are not under test. Half-duplex guard subframes are not under test.

5. Measure carrier leakage using Global In-Channel Tx-Test (Annex E) according to the UE’s declaration on the position of carrier centre frequency. For TDD slots with transient periods are not under test. For HD-FDD slots with transient periods are not under test. Half-duplex guard subframes are not under test.

7. Measure carrier leakage using Global In-Channel Tx-Test (Annex E) according to the UE’s declaration on the position of carrier centre frequency. For TDD slots with transient periods are not under test. For HD-FDD slots with transient periods are not under test. Half-duplex guard subframes are not under test.

9. Measure carrier leakage using Global In-Channel Tx-Test (Annex E) according to the UE’s declaration on the position of carrier centre frequency. For TDD slots with transient periods are not under test

6.5.2.2EA.4.3 Message contents

Message contents are according to TS 36.508 [7] subclause 4.6 with the condition CEModeA.

6.5.2.2EA.5 Test requirement

Each of the 20 IQ offset results, derived in Annex E.3.1, shall not exceed the values in table 6.5.2.2EA.5-1

Table 6.5.2.2EA.5-1: Test requirements for Relative Carrier Leakage Power

LO Leakage	Parameters	Relative limit (dBc)	Applicable frequencies
	f ≤ 3.0GHz: 13.2 dBm ±3.2dB 3.0GHz < f ≤ 4.2GHz: 13.5 dBm ±3.5dB	-27.2	Carrier centre frequency < 1 GHz
		-24.2	Carrier centre frequency ≥ 1 GHz
	f ≤ 3.0GHz: 3.2 dBm ±3.2dB 3.0GHz < f ≤ 4.2GHz: 3.5 dBm ±3.5dB	-24.2
	f ≤ 3.0GHz: -26.8 dBm ±3.2dB 3.0GHz < f ≤ 4.2GHz: -26.5 dBm ±3.5dB	-19.2
	f ≤ 3.0GHz: -36.8dBm±3.2dB 3.0GHz < f ≤ 4.2GHz: -36.5 dBm ±3.5dB	-9.2

6.5.2.2EB Carrier leakage for UE category 1bis

6.5.2.2EB.1 Test purpose

Same test purpose as in clause 6.5.2.2.

6.5.2.2EB.2 Test applicability

This test applies to all types of E-UTRA UE release 13 and forward of UE category 1bis.

6.5.2.2EB.3 Minimum conformance requirements

Same minimum conformance requirements as in clause 6.5.2.2.3.

6.5.2.2EB.4 Test description

6.5.2.2EB.4.1 Initial conditions

Same initial conditions as in clause 6.5.2.2.4.1 with the following exception:

– Connect the SS to the UE antenna connectors as shown in TS 36.508[7] Annex A Figure A.3 using only main UE Tx/Rx antenna.

6.5.2.2EB.4.2 Test procedure

Same test procedure as in clause 6.5.2.2.4.2.

6.5.2.2EB.4.3 Message contents

Same message contents as in clause 6.5.2.2.4.3.

6.5.2.2EB.5 Test requirement

Each of the 20 carrier leakage results, derived in Annex E.3.1, shall not exceed the values in Table 6.5.2.2EB.5-1.

Table 6.5.2.2EB.5-1: Test requirements for Relative Carrier Leakage Power for UE supporting Rel.13 and higher

LO Leakage	Parameters	Relative limit (dBc)	Applicable frequencies
	f ≤ 3.0GHz: 13.2 dBm ±3.2dB 3.0GHz < f ≤ 4.2GHz: 13.5 dBm ±3.5dB	-27.2	Carrier centre frequency < 1 GHz
		-24.2	Carrier centre frequency ≥ 1 GHz
	f ≤ 3.0GHz: 3.2 dBm ±3.2dB 3.0GHz < f ≤ 4.2GHz: 3.5 dBm ±3.5dB	-24.2
	f ≤ 3.0GHz: -26.8 dBm ±3.2dB 3.0GHz < f ≤ 4.2GHz: -26.5 dBm ±3.5dB	-19.2
	f ≤ 3.0GHz: -36.8dBm±3.2dB 3.0GHz < f ≤ 4.2GHz: -36.5 dBm ±3.5dB	-9.2

6.5.2.2EC Carrier leakage for UE category M2

6.5.2.2EC.1 Test Purpose

Same test purpose in clause 6.5.2.2.1.

6.5.2.2EC.2 Test applicability

This test case applies to all types of E-UTRA UE release 14 and forward of UE category M2.

6.5.2.2EC.3 Minimum conformance requirements

Carrier leakage is an additive sinusoid waveform that has the same frequency as a modulated waveform carrier frequency. For UE of UL Categories M1 and M2, the sinusoid waveform may lie at the centre of the narrowband assigned for transmission. The measurement interval is one slot in the time domain.

The relative carrier leakage power is a power ratio of the additive sinusoid waveform and the modulated waveform. The relative carrier leakage power at the centre of the channel bandwidth or the centre of the narrowband assigned for transmission shall not exceed the values specified in Table 6.5.2.2.3-2.

The normative reference for this requirement is TS 36.101 [2] clause 6.5.2E.2.

6.5.2.2EC.4 Test description

6.5.2.2EC.4.1 Initial conditions

Initial conditions are a set of test configurations the UE needs to be tested in and the steps for the SS to take with the UE to reach the correct measurement state.

The initial test configurations consist of environmental conditions, test frequencies, and channel bandwidths based on E-UTRA bands specified in sub-clause 5.2E. All of these configurations shall be tested with applicable test parameters for each channel bandwidth, and are shown in table 6.5.2.2EC.4.1-1. The details of the uplink reference measurement channels (RMCs) are specified in Annexes A.2. Configurations of PDSCH and MPDCCH before measurement are specified in Annex C.2.

Table 6.5.2.2EC.4.1-1: Test Configuration Table

Initial Conditions
Test Environment (as specified in TS 36.508 [7] subclause 4.1)		NC, TL/VL, TL/VH, TH/VL, TH/VH
Test Frequencies (as specified in TS36.508 [7] subclause 4.3.1)		Low range, Mid range, High range
Test Channel Bandwidths (as specified in TS 36.508 [7] subclause 4.3.1)		5MHz, Highest
Test Parameters for Channel Bandwidths and Narrowband positions
	Downlink Configuration	Uplink Configuration
Ch BW	N/A for carrier leakage testing	Mod’n	RB allocation
			FDD and HD-FDD	TDD	Narrowband index¹
Low range, Mid range
5MHz		QPSK	1	1	0
5MHz		QPSK	24	24	0
10MHz		QPSK	1	1	0
10MHz		QPSK	24	24	0
15MHz		QPSK	1	1	0
15MHz		QPSK	24	24	0
20MHz		QPSK	1	1	0
20MHz		QPSK	24	24	0
5MHz		π/2-BPSK	¼³	¼³	0
10MHz		π/2-BPSK	¼³	¼³	0
15MHz		π/2-BPSK	¼³	¼³	0
20MHz		π/2-BPSK	¼³	¼³	0
High range
5MHz		QPSK	1	1	3
5MHz		QPSK	24	24	0
10MHz		QPSK	1	1	7
10MHz		QPSK	24	24	4
15MHz		QPSK	1	1	11
15MHz		QPSK	24	24	8
20MHz		QPSK	1	1	15
20MHz		QPSK	24	24	12
5MHz		π/2-BPSK	¼³	¼³	0
10MHz		π/2-BPSK	¼³	¼³	0
15MHz		π/2-BPSK	¼³	¼³	0
20MHz		π/2-BPSK	¼³	¼³	0
Note 1: Denotes the lowest narrowband index in the channel bandwidth where the wideband shall be placed. The allocation is contiguous, starting from the lowest narrowband index. Narrowband, Narrowband index and Wideband are defined in TS 36.211 [8], 5.2.7. Note 2: The RB_start of the 1RB allocation shall be RB#0 of the narrowband for Low/Mid frequency range and RB#5 of the narrowband for High frequency range. Note 3: Only applicable for UE supporting subPRB allocation.

1. Connect the SS to the UE to the UE antenna connectors as shown in TS 36.508 [7] Annex A, Figure A.3 using only main UE Tx/Rx antenna.

2. The parameter settings for the cell are set up according to TS 36.508[7] subclause 4.4.3.

3. Downlink signals are initially set up according to Annex C0, C.1 and C.3.0, and uplink signals according to Annex H.1 and H.3.0.

4. The UL Reference Measurement channels are set according to in Table 6.5.2.2EC.4.1-1.

5. Propagation conditions are set according to Annex B.0

6. Ensure the UE is in State 3A-RF-CE according to TS 36.508 [7] clause 5.2A.2AA. Message contents are defined in clause 6.5.2.2EC.4.3.

6.5.2.2EC.4.2 Test procedure

Same test procedure as in clause 6.5.2.2EA.4.2 with the following exception.

– Instead of Table 6.5.2.2EA.4.1-1 🡪 use Table 6.5.2.2EC.4.1-1.

6.5.2.2EC.4.3 Message contents

Message contents are according to TS 36.508 [7] subclause 4.6 with the condition CEModeA.

6.5.2.2EC.5 Test requirement

Same test requirement as in clause 6.5.2.2EA.5.

6.5.2.2F Carrier leakage for category NB1 and NB2

6.5.2.2F.1 Test Purpose

The purpose of this test is to exercise the UE transmitter to verify its modulation quality in terms of carrier leakage.

6.5.2.2F.2 Test applicability

This test case applies to all types of E-UTRA FDD UE release 13 and forward of category NB1.

This test case applies to all types of E-UTRA FDD UE release 14 and forward of category NB2.

This test case applies to all types of E-UTRA TDD UE release 15 and forward of category NB1 and NB2.

6.5.2.2F.3 Minimum conformance requirements

Carrier leakage is an additive sinusoid waveform that has the same frequency as a modulated waveform carrier frequency. The measurement interval is one slot in the time domain. The relative carrier leakage power is a power ratio of the additive sinusoid waveform and the modulated waveform. The relative carrier leakage power of category NB1 and NB2 UE shall not exceed the values specified in Table 6.5.2.2F.3-1.

Table 6.5.2.2F.3-1: Minimum requirements for relative carrier leakage power

Parameters	Relative limit (dBc)
0 dBm ≤ Output power	-25
-30 dBm ≤ Output power ≤ 0 dBm	-20
-40 dBm ≤ Output power < -30 dBm	-10

The normative reference for this requirement is TS 36.101 clause 6.5.2F.2

6.5.2.2F.4 Test description

6.5.2.2F.4.1 Initial conditions

Initial conditions are a set of test configurations the UE needs to be tested in and the steps for the SS to take with the UE to reach the correct measurement state.

The initial test configurations consist of environmental conditions and test frequencies based on the subset of E-UTRA operating bands defined for NB-IoT in clause 5.2F. All of these configurations in table 6.5.2.2F.4.1-1 shall be tested. The details of the uplink reference measurement channels (RMCs) are specified in Annex A.2.4. Configurations of NPDSCH and NPDCCH before measurement are specified in Annex TBD.

Table 6.5.2.2F.4.1-1: Test Configuration Table for FDD & TDD

Initial Conditions
Test Environment as specified in TS 36.508[7] subclause 8.1.1		Normal
Test Frequencies as specified in TS 36.508 [7] subclause 8.1.3.1		Frequency ranges defined in Annex K.1.1
Test Parameters
Configuration ID	Downlink Configuration	Uplink Configuration
	N/A	Modulation	N_tones, start position	Sub-carrier spacing (kHz)
1		QPSK	1@0	3.75
2		QPSK	1@47	3.75
3		QPSK	1@0	15
4		QPSK	1@11	15

1. Connect the SS to the UE to the UE antenna connectors as shown in TS 36.508 [7] Annex A, Figure A.3 using only main UE Tx/Rx antenna.

2. The parameter settings for the cell are set up according to TS 36.508[7] subclause 8.1.4.3.

3. Downlink signals are initially set up according to Annex C, and uplink signals according to Annex H.

4. The UL Reference Measurement channels are set according to in Table 6.5.2.2F.4.1-1.

5. Propagation conditions are set according to Annex B.0.

6. Ensure the UE is in 2A-NB with CP CIoT Optimisation according to TS 36.508 [7] clause 8.1.5. Message contents are defined in clause 6.5.2.2F.4.3.

6.5.2.2F.4.2 Test procedure

1. SS sends uplink scheduling information for UL HARQ process via NPDCCH DCI format N0 for C_RNTI to schedule the UL RMC according to Table 6.5.2.2F.4.1-1. Since the UE has no payload and no loopback data to send the UE sends uplink MAC padding bits on the UL RMC

2. Configure UE to transmit at P_UMAX level.

3. Measure carrier leakage using Global In-Channel Tx-Test (Annex E). For TDD slots with transient periods are not under test.

4. Release the connection through State 3A-NB.

5. Modify system information elements according to Table 6.5.2.1F.1.4.3-1 and Table 6.5.2.1F.1.4.3-2 and notify the UE via paging message with SystemInformationModification included (test point 2).

6. Ensure the UE is in State 2A-NB with CP CIoT Optimisation according to TS 36.508 [7] clause 8.1.5 using the new UL power control setting.

7. SS sends uplink scheduling information for UL HARQ process via NPDCCH DCI format 0 for C_RNTI to schedule the UL RMC according to Table 6.5.2.2F.4.1-1. Since the UE has no payload data to send, the UE transmits uplink MAC padding bits on the UL RMC.

8. Measure carrier leakage using Global In-Channel Tx-Test (Annex E). For TDD slots with transient periods are not under test.

6.5.2.2F.4.3 Message contents

Message contents are according to TS 36.508 [7] subclause 8.1.6 with the following exceptions:

Table 6.5.2.1F.1.4.3-1: P0-NominalNPUSCH-r13 configuration for test point 2

Derivation Path: 36.508 clause 8.1.6.3 Table 8.1.6.3-14: UplinkPowerControlCommon-NB-DEFAULT
Information Element	Value/remark	Comment	Condition
UplinkPowerControlCommon-NB-DEFAULT ::= SEQUENCE {
p0-NominalNPUSCH-r13	-117 (dBm)
alpha-r13	al1 (1)
deltaPreambleMsg3-r13	4
}

Table 6.5.2.1F.1.4.3-2: NPDSCH-ConfigCommon-NB-DEFAULT configuration for test point 2

Derivation Path: 36.508 clause 8.1.6.3 Table 8.1.6.3-4: NPDSCH-ConfigCommon-NB-DEFAULT
Information Element	Value/remark	Comment	Condition
NPDSCH-ConfigCommon-NB-DEFAULT ::= SEQUENCE {
nrs-Power-r13	21 (dBm)
}

6.5.2.2F.5 Test requirement

Each of the carrier leakage results, derived in Annex E.3.1, shall not exceed the values in table 6.5.2.2F.5-1

Table 6.5.2.2F.5-1: Test requirements for Relative Carrier Leakage Power

LO Leakage	Parameters	Relative Limit (dBc)
	Test point 1	-24.2
	Test point 2	-19.2

6.5.2.2G Carrier leakage for V2X Communication

6.5.2.2G.0 Minimum conformance requirements

The requirements of subclause 6.5.2.2.3 shall apply for V2X transmissions.

For intra-band contiguous multi-carrier operation the carrier leakage requirement of 6.5.2A.2.0 shall apply.

When UE is configured for simultaneous E-UTRA V2X sidelink and E-UTRA uplink transmissions for inter-band E-UTRA V2X / E-UTRA bands specified in Table 5.2G-2, the requirements in subclause 6.5.2.2G.0 apply for V2X sidelink transmission and the requirements in subclause 6.5.2.2.3 apply for the E-UTRA uplink transmission.

The normative reference for this requirement is TS 36.101 [2] clause 6.5.2G and 6.5.2G.2.

6.5.2.2G.1 Carrier leakage for V2X Communication / Non-concurrent with E-UTRA uplink transmissions

6.5.2.2G.1.1 Test Purpose

Same test purpose in clause 6.5.2.2.1.

6.5.2.2G.1.2 Test applicability

This test case applies to all types of UE that supports V2X Sidelink communication and Band 47.

6.5.2.2G.1.3 Minimum conformance requirements

The minimum conformance requirements are defined in clause 6.5.2.2G.0.

6.5.2.2G.1.4 Test description

6.5.2.2G.1.4.1 Initial conditions

Initial conditions are a set of test configurations the UE needs to be tested in and the steps for the SS to take with the UE to reach the correct measurement state.

The initial test configurations consist of environmental conditions, test frequencies and channel bandwidth based on E-UTRAN operating bands specified in table 5.4.2G.1-2. All of these configurations shall be tested with applicable test parameters for each channel bandwidth, and are shown in table 6.5.2.2G.1.4.1-1. The details of the reference measurement channels (RMCs) are specified in Annex A.8.3 and the GNSS configuration in TS 36.508 [7] subclause 4.11.

Table 6.5.2.2G.1.4.1-1: Test Configuration Table for PSSCH and PSCCH

Initial Conditions
Test Environment as specified in TS 36.508 [7] subclause 4.1		NC, TL/VL, TL/VH, TH/VL, TH/VH
Test Frequencies as specified in TS 36.508 [7] subclause 4.3.1		Low range, Mid range, High range
Test Channel Bandwidths as specified in TS 36.508 [7] subclause 4.3.1		Lowest, Highest
Test Parameters for Channel Bandwidths
	V2X Configuration to Transmit
Ch BW	Modulation		PSSCH RB allocation (Note 1)
10 MHz	QPSK		12
20 MHz	QPSK		18
Note 1: The test shall be performed with allocated sub-channel(s) at low and high end of the channel bandwidth respectively.

1. Connect the SS and GNSS simulator to the UE antenna connectors as shown in TS 36.508 [7] Figure A.92.

2. The parameter settings for the V2X sidelink transmission over PC5 for both SS and UE are pre-configured according to TS 36.508 [7] Table 4.10.1.1-1. Message content exceptions are defined in clause 6.5.2.2G.1.4.3.

3. The V2X reference measurement channel is set according to Table 6.5.2G.1.4.1-1.

4. The GNSS simulator is configured for Scenario #1: static in Geographical area #1, as defined in TS36.508 [7] Table 4.11.2-2. Geographical area #1 is also pre-configured in the UE.

5. Propagation conditions are set according to Annex B.0;

6. Ensure the UE is in State 5A-V2X in Transmit Mode according to TS 36.508 [7] clause 4.5.9.

7. The GNSS simulator is triggered to start step 1 of Scenario #1 to simulate a location in the centre of Geographical area #1. Wait for the UE to acquire the GNSS signal and start to transmit.

6.5.2.2G.1.4.2 Test procedure

TP 1:

1 Set the V2X sidelink communication pre-configuration parameters for UE according to TS 36.508[7] Table 4.10.1.1-1 with the exception specified in table 6.5.2.2G.3.4.3-1 and Table 6.5.2.2G.3.4.3-2;

2 The UE starts to perform the V2X sidelink communication according to SL-V2X-Preconfiguration. Since the UE has no payload and no loopback data to send the UE sends uplink MAC padding bits on the V2X RMC.

3 Measure the carrier leakage using Global In-Channel Tx-Test (Annex E).

TP 2:

4 Set the V2X sidelink communication pre-configuration parameters for UE according to TS 36.508[7] Table 4.10.1.1-1 with the exception specified in table 6.5.2.2G.3.4.3-1 and Table 6.5.2.2G.3.4.3-3;

5 The UE starts to perform the V2X sidelink communication according to SL-V2X-Preconfiguration. Since the UE has no payload and no loopback data to send the UE sends uplink MAC padding bits on the V2X RMC.

6 Measure the carrier leakage using Global In-Channel Tx-Test (Annex E).

6.5.2.2G.1.4.3 Message contents

Message contents are according to TS 36.508 [7] subclause 4.6, 4.7.I and 4.10 with the following exceptions:

Table 6.5.2.2G.1.4.3-1: Void

Table 6.5.2.2G.1.4.3-2: maxTxPower configuration for test point 1

Derivation Path: 36.508 Table 4.6.3-20K
Information Element	Value/remark	Comment	Condition
SL-V2X-PreconfigFreqInfo-r14-DEFAULT ::= SEQUENCE {
v2x-CommPreconfigGeneral-r14 SEQUENCE {
maxTxPower-r12	15	Test point 1 checks the requirement for Output power > 0dBm
}
}

Table 6.5.2.2G.1.4.3-3: maxTxPower configuration for test point 2

Derivation Path: 36.508 Table 4.6.3-20K
Information Element	Value/remark	Comment	Condition
SL-V2X-PreconfigFreqInfo-r14-DEFAULT ::= SEQUENCE {
v2x-CommPreconfigGeneral-r14 SEQUENCE {
maxTxPower-r12	-15	Test point 2 checks the requirement for -30dBm <= Output power < 0dBm
}
}

6.5.2.2G.1.5 Test requirement

Each of the 20 carrier leakage results, derived in Annex E.99, shall not exceed the values in table 6.5.2.2G.5-1.

Table 6.5.2.2G.5-1: Test requirements for Relative Carrier Leakage Power

LO Leakage

Parameters

Relative Limit (dBc)

Normal conditions:15 dBm ±10.5dB

Extreme conditions: 15 dBm ±14.5dB

-24.2

Normal conditions:-15 dBm ±10.5dB

Extreme conditions: -15 dBm ±14.5dB

-19.2

6.5.2.2G.2 Carrier leakage for V2X Communication / Simultaneous E-UTRA V2X sidelink and E-UTRA uplink transmission

6.5.2.2G.2.1 Test Purpose

Same test purpose in clause 6.5.2.2.1.

6.5.2.2G.2.2 Test applicability

This test case applies to all types of E-UTRA UE release 14 and forward that support V2X Communication.

6.5.2.2G.2.3 Minimum conformance requirements

The minimum conformance requirements are defined in clause 6.5.2.2G.0.

6.5.2.2G.2.4 Test description

6.5.2.2G.2.4.1 Initial conditions

Initial conditions are a set of test configurations the UE needs to be tested in and the steps for the SS to take with the UE to reach the correct measurement state.

The initial test configurations consist of environmental conditions, test frequencies and channel bandwidth based on E-UTRA operating bands specified in table 5.4.2G.1-2. All of these configurations shall be tested with applicable test parameters for each channel bandwidth, and are shown in table 6.5.2.2G.2.4.1-1. The details of the uplink and V2X reference measurement channels (RMCs) are specified in Annexes A.2 and A.8.3 respectively. Configurations of PDSCH and PDCCH before measurement are specified in Annex C.2.

Table 6.5.2.2G.2.4.1-1: Test Configuration Table

Initial Conditions
Test Environment as specified in TS 36.508 [7] subclause 4.1			Normal, TL/VL, TL/VH, TH/VL, TH/VH
Test Frequencies as specified in TS 36.508 [7] subclause 4.3.1			Low range for uplink and Low range for V2X, High range for uplink and High range for V2X
Test Channel Bandwidths as specified in TS 36.508 [7] subclause 4.3.1			Lowest N_{RB_agg}, Highest N_{RB_agg}
Test Parameters for Channel Bandwidths
	Downlink	Uplink Configuration		V2X Configuration
Ch BW	N/A	Mod’n	RB allocation (Note 2)	Ch BW	Mod’n	RB allocation (Note 4)
1.4 MHz		QPSK	1	10 MHz	QPSK	12
3 MHz		QPSK	4	20 MHz	QPSK	18
5 MHz		QPSK	8
10 MHz		QPSK	12
15 MHz		QPSK	16
20 MHz		QPSK	18
Note 1: V2X con-current band configurations are checked separately for each band configuration, which applicable aggregated channel bandwidths are specified in Table 5.4.2G.1-2. Note 2: The starting resource block for E-UTRA carrier and V2X carrier shall be RB #0+RB #0 and RB# (max+1 – RB allocation)+RB# (max+1 – RB allocation) of the channel bandwidth. Note 3: The Inter-band con-current V2X configurations and bandwidth combination sets in Table 5.4.2G.1-2, which UE supports, are tested across the uplink and v2x sidelink allocation combinations as above. Note 4: The test shall be performed with allocated sub-channel(s) at low and high end of the channel bandwidth respectively.

1. Connect the SS to the UE antenna connectors as shown in TS 36.508 [7] Annex A, in Figure A.93a.

2. The parameter settings for the cell are set up according to TS 36.508 [7] subclause 4.4.3. Message content exceptions are defined in clause 6.5.2.2G.2.4.3.

3. Downlink signals are initially set up according to Annex C.0, C.1, and C.3.0, and uplink signals according to Annex H.1 and H.3.0.

4. The UL and V2X Reference Measurement channels are set according to Table 6.5.2.2G.2.4.1-1

5. Propagation conditions are set according to Annex B.0.

6. Ensure the UE is in State 3A-RF-V2X according to TS 36.508 [7] clause 5.2A.2C. Message contents are defined in clause 6.5.2.2G.2.4.3.

6.5.2.2G.2.4.2 Test procedure

TP 1: V2X UE output power > 0dBm

1. The SS configure the PSCCH and PSSCH transmission at the P_CMAX,c,V2X level of the corresponding test point to enable V2X sidelink transmission power at 15dBm+/-10.5dB for carrier frequency f > 5GHz.

2. The SS simultaneously sends uplink scheduling information for each UL HARQ process via PDCCH DCI format 0 for C_RNTI to schedule the UL RMC and V2X scheduling information via PDCCH DCI format 5A for SL_V_RNTI to schedule the V2X RMC according to Table 6.5.2.2G.2.4.1-1. Since the UE has no payload and no loopback data to send the UE sends uplink MAC padding bits on the UL and V2X RMCs.

3. Send the appropriate TPC commands in the uplink scheduling information to the UE until UE E-UTRA uplink output power is 13.2 dBm+/-3.2dB for carrier frequency f ≤ 3.0GHz or 13.5dBm ±3.5 dB for carrier frequency 3.0GHz < f ≤ 4.2GHz.

4. Measure the carrier leakage using Global In-Channel Tx-Test (Annex E) for E-UTRA and V2X respectively. On E-UTRA carrier, the TDD slots with transient periods are not under test.

TP 2: V2X UE output power within (-30, 0) dBm

1 The SS configure the PSCCH and PSSCH transmission at the P_CMAX,c,V2X level of the corresponding test point to enable V2X sidelink transmission power at -15dBm+/-10.5dB for carrier frequency f > 5GHz.

3. Send the appropriate TPC commands in the uplink scheduling information to the UE until UE E-UTRA uplink output power is -36.8 dBm+/-3.2dB for carrier frequency f ≤ 3.0GHz or -36.5dBm ±3.5 dB for carrier frequency 3.0GHz < f ≤ 4.2GHz.

4. Measure the carrier leakage using Global In-Channel Tx-Test (Annex E) for E-UTRA and V2X respectively. On E-UTRA carrier, the TDD slots with transient periods are not under test.

6.5.2.2G.2.4.3 Message contents

Message contents are according to TS 36.508 [7] subclause 4.6 with the following exceptions:

Table 6.5.2.2G.2.4.3-1: SL-PSSCH-TxConfig-r14-DEFAULT

Derivation Path: TS 36.508 [7] clause 4.6, Table 4.6.3-20F SL-PSSCH-TxConfig-r14-DEFAULT
Information Element	Value/remark	Comment	Condition
maxTxPower-r14	15		TP1
maxTxPower-r14	-15		TP2

Table 6.5.2.2G.2.4.3-2: SL-CommResourcePoolV2X-r14-DEFAULT

Derivation Path: TS 36.508 [7] clause 4.6, Table 4.6.3-20C: SL-CommResourcePoolV2X-r14-DEFAULT
Information Element	Value/remark	Comment	Condition
dataTxParameters-r14 SEQUENCE {
alpha-r12	a0
p0-r12	31
}

6.5.2.2G.2.5 Test requirement

Each of the 20 carrier leakage results, derived in Annex E.4 for E-UTRA uplink and Annex E.9 for V2X sidelink respectively, shall not exceed the values in table 6.5.2.2G.2.5-1 and 6.5.2.2G.2.5-2.

Table 6.5.2.2G.2.5-1: Test requirements for Relative Carrier Leakage Power for E-UTRA

LO Leakage	Parameters	Relative limit (dBc)	Applicable frequencies
	f ≤ 3.0GHz: 13.2 dBm ±3.2dB 3.0GHz < f ≤ 4.2GHz: 13.5 dBm ±3.5dB	-27.2	Carrier centre frequency < 1 GHz
		-24.2	Carrier centre frequency ≥ 1 GHz
	f ≤ 3.0GHz: -36.8dBm±3.2dB 3.0GHz < f ≤ 4.2GHz: -36.5 dBm ±3.5dB	-9.2

Table 6.5.2.2G.2.5-2: Test requirements for Relative Carrier Leakage Power for V2X E-UTRA

LO Leakage

Parameters

Relative Limit (dBc)

Normal conditions:15 dBm ±10.5dB

Extreme conditions: 15 dBm ±14.5dB

-24.2

Normal conditions:-15 dBm ±10.5dB

Extreme conditions: -15 dBm ±14.5dB

-19.2

6.5.2.2G.3 Carrier leakage for V2X Communication / Intra-band contiguous MCC operation

6.5.2.2G.3.1 Test Purpose

Same test purpose in clause 6.5.2.2.1.

6.5.2.2G.3.2 Test applicability

This test case applies to all types of UE that supports Intra-band contiguous multi-carrier operation V2X Sidelink communication and Band 47.

6.5.2.2G.3.3 Minimum conformance requirements

The minimum conformance requirements are defined in clause 6.5.2.2G.0.

6.5.2.2G.3.4 Test description

6.5.2.2G.3.4.1 Initial conditions

Initial conditions are a set of UE parameters that the UE needs to be tested in and the steps for the SS to take with the UE to reach the correct measurement state.

The initial test configurations consist of environmental conditions, test frequencies and channel bandwidth based on E-UTRA operating bands specified in table 5.4.2G.1-4. All these configurations shall be tested with applicable parameters for each channel bandwidth, and are shown in table 6.5.2.2G.3.4.1-1, the details of reference channel are specified in sub-clause A.8.3 and the reference GNSS configuration in TS 36.508 [7] subclause 4.11.

6.5.2.2G.3.4.1-1: Test Configuration Table

Initial Conditions
Test Environment as specified in TS 36.508 [7] subclause 4.1			NC
Test Frequencies as specified in TS 36.508 [7] subclause 4.3.1			Low range, High range
Test CC Combination setting(N_{RB_agg}) as specified in subclause 5.4.2G			Lowest N_{RB_agg}, Highest N_{RB_agg}
Test Parameters for Channel Bandwidths
V2X Multi-carrier Configuration		V2X PSSCH Allocation
CC1 N_RB	CC2 N_RB	CC1 & CC2 Mod		CC1 and CC2 RB Allocation
50	50	QPSK		12@2+0@0
50	50	QPSk		0@0+12@37

1. Connect the SS and GNSS simulator to the UE antenna connectors as shown in TS 36.508 [7] Annex A, Figure A.89a.

2. The parameter settings for the V2X sidelink transmission over PC5 are pre-configured according to TS 36.508 [7] subclause 4.10.1. Message content exceptions are defined in clause 6.5.2.2G.3.4.3.

3. The V2X reference measurement channel is set according to Table 6.5.2.2G.3.4.1-1.

4. The GNSS simulator is configured for Scenario #1: static in Geographical area #1, as defined in TS36.508 [7] Table 4.11.2-2. Geographical area #1 is also pre-configured in the UEs.

5. Propagation conditions are set according to Annex B.0.

6. Ensure the UE is in State 5A-V2X according to TS 36.508 [7] clause 4.5.9.

7. The GNSS simulator is triggered to start step 1 of Scenario #1 to simulate a location in the centre of Geographical area #1. Wait for the UE to acquire the GNSS signal and start to transmit.

6.5.2.2G.3.4.2 Test procedure

TP 1: V2X UE output power > 0dBm

1 Set the V2X sidelink communication pre-configuration parameters for UE according to TS 36.508[7] Table 4.10.1.1-1 with the exception specified in table 6.5.2.2G.3.4.3-1 and Table 6.5.2.2G.3.4.3-2 to make sure V2X UE transmission power to be 15dBm+/-10.5dB for carrier frequency f > 5GHz;

3. Measure the carrier leakage using Global In-Channel Tx-Test (Annex E) in each component carrier respectively.

TP 2: V2X UE output power within (-30, 0) dBm

3. Measure the carrier leakage using Global In-Channel Tx-Test (Annex E) in each component carrier respectively.

6.5.2.2G.3.4.3 Message contents

Message contents are according to TS 36.508 [7] subclause 4.6, 4.7I and 4.10 with the following exceptions:

Table 6.5.2.2G.3.4.3-1: SL-V2X-PreconfigFreqInfo-r14-DEFAULT

Derivation Path: 36.508 table 4.6.3-20K
Information Element	Value/remark	Comment	Condition
SL-V2X-PreconfigFreqInfo-r14-DEFAULT ::= SEQUENCE {
v2x-CommPreconfigGeneral-r14 SEQUENCE {		SL-PreconfigGeneral-r12
maxTxPower-r12	15		TP1
maxTxPower-r12	-15		TP2,
sl-bandwidth-r12	n50	10Mhz
}
}
v2x-CommPreconfigSync-r14 SEQUENCE {		SL-PreconfigSync-r12
syncOffsetIndicators-r14 SEQUENCE {
syncOffsetIndicator1-r14	Not Present	Double synchronization signal transmission
}
}
v2x-CommRxPoolList-r14 SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxSL-V2X-RxPoolPreconf-r14)) OF SL-V2X-PreconfigCommPool-r14 {	1 entry
SL-V2X-PreconfigCommPool-r14[1]	SL-V2X-PreconfigCommPool-r14-DEFAULT using condition BITMAP_6 and exception listed in Table Table 6.5.2.3G.1.4.3-2
}
v2x-CommTxPoolList-r14 SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxSL-V2X-TxPoolPreconf-r14)) OF SL-V2X-PreconfigCommPool-r14 {
SL-V2X-PreconfigCommPool-r14[1]	SL-V2X-PreconfigCommPool-r14-DEFAULT using condition BITMAP_6 and exception listed in Table 6.5.2.3G.1.4.3-2
}
}

Table 6.5.2.2G.3.4.3-2: SL-V2X-PreconfigCommPool-r14-DEFAULT

Derivation Path: 36.508 clause Table 4.6.3-20J
Information Element	Value/remark	Comment	Condition
SL-CommResroucePoolV2X-r14-DEFAULT ::= SEQUENCE {
sl-Subframe-r14 CHOICE {
bs20-r14	11111111111111111111		BITMAP_6
}
sizeSubchannel-r14	n15		BW10
numSubchannel-r14	n1
startRB-Subchannel-r14	As required in the test configuration tables in subclause 6.5.2.3G.1.4.1	The starting resource block shall be RB #0 and RB# (max+1 – RB allocation) of the channel bandwidth.
dataTxParameters-r14 SEQUENCE {
p0-r12	31	It’s set to the maximum value to disable its effect on transmission power.
}
}

6.5.2.2G.3.5 Test requirement

Each of the 20 carrier leakage results at each component carrier, derived in Annex E.9, shall not exceed the values in table 6.5.2.2G.3.5-1.

Table 6.5.2.2G.3.5-1: Test requirements for Relative Carrier Leakage Power

LO Leakage

Parameters

Relative Limit (dBc)

Normal conditions:15 dBm ±10.5dB

Extreme conditions: 15 dBm ±14.5dB

-24.2

Normal conditions:-15 dBm ±10.5dB

Extreme conditions: -15 dBm ±14.5dB

-19.2

6.5.2.3 In-band emissions for non allocated RB

6.5.2.3.1 Test Purpose

The in-band emissions are a measure of the interference falling into the non-allocated resources blocks

The in-band emission is defined as the average across 12 sub-carrier and as a function of the RB offset from the edge of the allocated UL transmission bandwidth. The in-band emission is measured as the ratio of the UE output power in a non–allocated RB to the UE output power in an allocated RB. The basic in-band emissions measurement interval is defined over one slot in the time domain. When the PUSCH or PUCCH transmission slot is shortened due to multiplexing with SRS, the in-band emissions measurement interval is reduced by one SC-FDMA symbol, accordingly. Likewise, when the PUSCH starting position is modified or when the second last symbol is the ending symbol of the PUSCH sub-frame for Frame Structure Type 3, the in-band emissions measurement interval is reduced accordingly.

6.5.2.3.2 Test applicability

This test case applies to all types of E-UTRA UE release 8 and forward.

6.5.2.3.3 Minimum conformance requirements

The relative in-band emission shall not exceed the values specified in Tables 6.5.2.3.3-1 or 6.5.2.3.3-2.

Table 6.5.2.3.3-1: Minimum requirements for in-band emissions for UE supporting Rel-8 to Rel-10

Parameter Description	Unit	Limit (Note 1)		Applicable Frequencies
General	dB	For Frame Structure Type 1 and Frame Structure Type 2: For Frame Structure Type 3 and 20 MHz channel bandwidth:		Any non-allocated (Note 2)
IQ Image	dB	-25		Image frequencies (Notes 2, 3)
Carrier leakage	dBc	-25	Output power > 0 dBm	LO frequency (Notes 4, 5)
		-20	-30 dBm ≤ Output power ≤ 0 dBm
		-10	-40 dBm ≤ Output power < -30 dBm
Note 1: An in-band emissions combined limit is evaluated in each non-allocated RB. For each such RB, the minimum requirement is calculated as the higher of P_RB– 30 dB and the power sum of all limit values (General, IQ Image or Carrier leakage) that apply. P_RB is defined in Note 10. Note 2: The measurement bandwidth is 1 RB and the limit is expressed as a ratio of measured power in one non-allocated RB to the measured average power per allocated RB, where the averaging is done across all allocated RBs. For Frame Structure Type 3 and 20 MHz channel bandwidth, the requirement applies for QPSK, 16QAM and 64QAM modulation with for any non-allocated RB andin the uplink scheduling grant with specified in [6]. Note 3: The applicable frequencies for this limit are those that are enclosed in the reflection of the allocated bandwidth, based on symmetry with respect to the centre carrier frequency, but excluding any allocated RBs. For Frame Structure Type 3 with 20 MHz channel bandwidth, the applicable frequency is for QPSK, 16QAM and 64QAM modulation. Note 4: The measurement bandwidth is 1 RB and the limit is expressed as a ratio of measured power in one non-allocated RB to the measured total power in all allocated RBs. For Frame Structure Type 3 and 20 MHz channel bandwidth, the requirement applies for QPSK, 16QAM and 64QAM modulation within the uplink scheduling grant. Note 5: The applicable frequencies for this limit are those that are enclosed in the RBs containing the DC frequency if is odd, or in the two RBs immediately adjacent to the DC frequency if is even, but excluding any allocated RB. Note 6: is the Transmission Bandwidth (see Figure 5.4.2-1). Note 7: is the Transmission Bandwidth Configuration (see Figure 5.4.2-1). Note 8: is the limit specified in Table 6.5.2.1.1-1 for the modulation format used in the allocated RBs. Note 9: is the starting frequency offset between the allocated RB and the measured non-allocated RB (e.g. or for the first adjacent RB outside of the allocated bandwidth. Note 10: is the transmitted power per 180 kHz in allocated RBs, measured in dBm.

Table 6.5.2.3.3-2: Minimum requirements for in-band emissions for UE supporting Rel.11 and higher

Parameter description	Unit	Limit (Note 1)		Applicable Frequencies
General	dB			Any non-allocated (Note 2)
IQ Image	dB	-28	Image frequencies when carrier centre frequency < 1 GHz and Output power > 10 dBm	(Notes 2, 3)
		-25	Image frequencies when carrier centre frequency < 1 GHz and Output power ≤ 10 dBm
		-25	Image frequencies when carrier centre frequency ≥ 1 GHz
Carrier leakage	dBc	-28	Output power > 10 dBm and carrier centre frequency < 1 GHz	Carrier frequency (Notes 4, 5)
		-25	Output power > 10 dBm and carrier centre frequency ≥ 1 GHz
		-25	0 dBm ≤ Output power ≤10 dBm
		-20	-30 dBm ≤ Output power ≤ 0 dBm
		-10	-40 dBm ≤ Output power < -30 dBm
NOTE 1: An in-band emissions combined limit is evaluated in each non-allocated RB. For each such RB, the minimum requirement is calculated as the higher of P_RB– 30 dB and the power sum of all limit values (General, IQ Image or Carrier leakage) that apply. P_RB is defined in Note 10. NOTE 2: The measurement bandwidth is 1 RB and the limit is expressed as a ratio of measured power in one non-allocated RB to the measured average power per allocated RB, where the averaging is done across all allocated RBs. NOTE 3: The applicable frequencies for this limit are those that are enclosed in the reflection of the allocated bandwidth, based on symmetry with respect to the centre carrier frequency, but excluding any allocated RBs. NOTE 4: The measurement bandwidth is 1 RB and the limit is expressed as a ratio of measured power in one non-allocated RB to the measured total power in all allocated RBs. NOTE 5: The applicable frequencies for this limit are those that are enclosed in the RBs containing the DC frequency if is odd, or in the two RBs immediately adjacent to the DC frequency if is even, but excluding any allocated RB. NOTE 6: is the Transmission Bandwidth (see Figure 5.6-1). NOTE 7: is the Transmission Bandwidth Configuration (see Figure 5.6-1). NOTE 8: is the limit specified in Table 6.5.2.1.1-1 for the modulation format used in the allocated RBs. NOTE 9: is the starting frequency offset between the allocated RB and the measured non-allocated RB (e.g. or for the first adjacent RB outside of the allocated bandwidth. NOTE 10: is the transmitted power per 180 kHz in allocated RBs, measured in dBm.

The normative reference for this requirement is TS 36.101 [2] clause 6.5.2.3.1.

6.5.2.3.4 Test description

6.5.2.3.4.1 Initial conditions

Initial conditions are a set of test configurations the UE needs to be tested in and the steps for the SS to take with the UE to reach the correct measurement state.

The initial test configurations consist of environmental conditions, test frequencies, and channel bandwidths based on E-UTRA bands specified in table 5.4.2.1-1. All of these configurations shall be tested with applicable test parameters for each channel bandwidth, and are shown in table 6.5.2.3.4.1-1 and 6.5.2.3.4.1-2. The details of the uplink reference measurement channels (RMCs) are specified in Annexes A.2. Configurations of PDSCH and PDCCH before measurement are specified in Annex C.2.

Table 6.5.2.3.4.1-1: Test Configuration Table for PUSCH

Initial Conditions
Test Environment (as specified in TS 36.508 [7] subclause 4.1)		See Table 6.5.1.4.1-1
Test Frequencies (as specified in TS36.508 [7] subclause 4.3.1)		See Table 6.5.1.4.1-1
Test Channel Bandwidths (as specified in TS 36.508 [7] subclause 4.3.1)		See Table 6.5.1.4.1-1
Test Parameters for Channel Bandwidths
	Downlink Configuration	Uplink Configuration
Ch BW	N/A for in-band emissions testing	Mod’n	RB allocation
			FDD	TDD
1.4MHz		QPSK	1	1
3MHz		QPSK	4	4
5MHz		QPSK	8	8
10MHz		QPSK	12	12
15MHz		QPSK	16	16
20MHz		QPSK	18	18
Note 1: Test Channel Bandwidths are checked separately for each E-UTRA band, which applicable channel bandwidths are specified in Table 5.4.2.1-1. Note 2: For partial RB allocation, the starting resource block shall be RB #0 and RB# (max+1 – RB allocation) of the channel bandwidth.

Table 6.5.2.3.4.1-2: Test Configuration Table for PUCCH

Initial Conditions
Test Environment as specified in TS 36.508[7] subclause 4.1			See Table 6.5.1.4.1-1
Test Frequencies as specified in TS36.508 [7] subclause 4.3.1			See Table 6.5.1.4.1-1
Test Channel Bandwidths as specified in TS 36.508 [7] subclause 4.3.1			See Table 6.5.1.4.1-1
Test Parameters for Channel Bandwidths
	Downlink Configuration			Uplink Configuration
Ch BW	Mod’n	RB allocation		FDD: PUCCH format = Format 1a TDD: PUCCH format = Format 1a / 1b
		FDD	TDD
1.4MHz	QPSK	3	3
3MHz	QPSK	4	4
5MHz	QPSK	8	8
10MHz	QPSK	16	16
15MHz	QPSK	25	25
20MHz	QPSK	30	30
Note 1: Test Channel Bandwidths are checked separately for each E-UTRA band, the applicable channel bandwidths are specified in Table 5.4.2.1-1.

1. Connect the SS to the UE antenna connectors as shown in TS 36.508 [7] Figure A.3.

2. The parameter settings for the cell are set up according to TS 36.508 [7] subclause 4.4.3.

3. Downlink signals are initially set up according to Annex C.0, C.1, and C.3.0, and uplink signals according to Annex H.1 and H.3.0.

4. The UL and DL Reference Measurement channels are set according to in Table 6.5.2.3.4.1-1 (PUSCH sub-test) and Table 6.5.2.3.4.1-2 (PUCCH sub-test).

5. Propagation conditions are set according to Annex B.0

6. Ensure the UE is in State 3A-RF according to TS 36.508 [7] clause 5.2A.2. Message contents are defined in clause 6.5.2.3.4.3.

6.5.2.3.4.2 Test procedure

Test procedure for PUSCH:

1.1 SS sends uplink scheduling information for each UL HARQ process via PDCCH DCI format 0 for C_RNTI to schedule the UL RMC according to Table 6.5.2.3.4.1-1. Since the UE has no payload and no loopback data to send the UE sends uplink MAC padding bits on the UL RMC

1.2 Send the appropriate TPC commands in the uplink scheduling information to the UE until UE output power is 13.2 dBm ±3.2dB for carrier frequency f ≤ 3.0GHz or 13.5dBm ±3.5 dB for carrier frequency 3.0GHz < f ≤ 4.2GHz.

1.3 Measure In-band emission using Global In-Channel Tx-Test (Annex E)

1.4 Send the appropriate TPC commands in the uplink scheduling information to the UE until UE output power is 3.2 dBm ±3.2dB for carrier frequency f ≤ 3.0GHz or 3.5dBm ±3.5 dB for carrier frequency 3.0GHz < f ≤ 4.2GHz.

1.5 Measure In-band emission using Global In-Channel Tx-Test (Annex E)

1.6 Send the appropriate TPC commands in the uplink scheduling information to the UE until UE output power is -26.8 dBm ±3.2dB for carrier frequency f ≤ 3.0GHz or -26.5dBm ±3.5 dB for carrier frequency 3.0GHz < f ≤ 4.2GHz.

1.7 Measure In-band emission using Global In-Channel Tx-Test (Annex E). For TDD slots with transient periods are not under test

1.8 Send the appropriate TPC commands in the uplink scheduling information to the UE until UE output power is to -36.8 dBm ±3.2dB for carrier frequency f ≤ 3.0GHz or -36.5dBm ±3.5 dB for carrier frequency 3.0GHz < f ≤ 4.2GHz.

1.9 Measure In-band emission using Global In-Channel Tx-Test (Annex E). For TDD slots with transient periods are not under test

Test procedure for PUCCH:

2.1 PUCCH is set according to Table 6.5.2.3.4.1-2. SS transmits PDSCH via PDCCH DCI format 1A for C_RNTI to transmit the DL RMC according to Table 6.5.2.3.4.1-2. The SS sends downlink MAC padding bits on the DL RMC. The transmission of PDSCH will make the UE send uplink ACK/NACK using PUCCH.

2.2 Send the appropriate TPC commands in the uplink scheduling information for PUCCH to the UE until UE output power is 13.2 dBm ±3.2dB for carrier frequency f ≤ 3.0GHz or 13.5dBm ±3.5 dB for carrier frequency 3.0GHz < f ≤ 4.2GHz.

2.3 Measure In-band emission using Global In-Channel Tx-Test (Annex E)

2.4 Send the appropriate TPC commands in the uplink scheduling information for PUCCH to the UE until UE output power is 3.2 dBm ±3.2dB for carrier frequency f ≤ 3.0GHz or 3.5dBm ±3.5 dB for carrier frequency 3.0GHz < f ≤ 4.2GHz.

2.5 Measure In-band emission using Global In-Channel Tx-Test (Annex E)

2.6 Send the appropriate TPC commands for PUCCH in the uplink scheduling information to the UE until UE output power is -26.8 dBm ±3.2dB for carrier frequency f ≤ 3.0GHz or -26.5dBm ±3.5 dB for carrier frequency 3.0GHz < f ≤ 4.2GHz.

2.7 Measure In-band emission using Global In-Channel Tx-Test (Annex E)

2.8 Send the appropriate TPC commands for PUCCH in the uplink scheduling information to the UE until UE output power is to -36.8 dBm ±3.2dB for carrier frequency f ≤ 3.0GHz or -36.5dBm ±3.5 dB for carrier frequency 3.0GHz < f ≤ 4.2GHz.

2.9 Measure In-band emission using Global In-Channel Tx-Test (Annex E)

NOTE: The step 1.2, 1.3, 2.2 and 2.3 only apply to UE supporting Rel.11 and higher.

6.5.2.3.4.3 Message contents

Message contents are according to TS 36.508 [7] subclause 4.6 with the following exceptions:

Table 4.6.3-8: PUCCH-ConfigCommon: PUCCH in-band emissions measurement

Derivation Path: 36.331 clause 6.3.2, Table 4.6.3-8: PUCCH-ConfigCommon-DEFAULT
Information Element	Value/remark	Comment	Condition
PUCCH-ConfigCommon-DEFAULT ::= SEQUENCE {
nRB-CQI	0
}

6.5.2.3.5 Test requirement

Each of the 20 In-band emissions results, derived in Annex E.4.3 shall not exceed the corresponding values in Tables 6.5.2.3.5-1 or 6.5.2.3.5-2 based on supported UE release version.

Table 6.5.2.3.5-1: Test requirements for in-band emissions for UE supporting Rel.8 to Rel.10

Parameter Description	Unit	Limit (Note 1)		Applicable Frequencies
General	dB	+0.8		Any non-allocated (Note 2)
IQ Image	dB	-24.2		Image frequencies (Notes 2, 3)
Carrier leakage	dBc	-24.2	Output power f ≤ 3.0GHz: 3.2dBm ±3.2dB 3.0GHz < f ≤ 4.2GHz: 3.5 dBm ±3.5dB	LO frequency (Notes 4, 5)
		-19.2	Output power f ≤ 3.0GHz: -26.8 dBm ±3.2dB 3.0GHz < f ≤ 4.2GHz: -26.5 dBm ±3.5dB
		-9.2	Output power f ≤ 3.0GHz: -36.8 dBm ±3.2dB 3.0GHz < f ≤ 4.2GHz: -36.5 dBm ±3.5dB
Note 1: An in-band emissions combined limit is evaluated in each non-allocated RB. For each such RB, the test requirement is calculated as the higher of P_RB– 29.2 dB and the power sum of all limit values (General, IQ Image or Carrier leakage) that apply. P_RB is defined in Note 10. Note 2: The measurement bandwidth is 1 RB and the limit is expressed as a ratio of measured power in one non-allocated RB to the measured average power per allocated RB, where the averaging is done across all allocated RBs. Note 3: The applicable frequencies for this limit are those that are enclosed in the reflection of the allocated bandwidth, based on symmetry with respect to the centre carrier frequency, but excluding any allocated RBs. Note 4: The measurement bandwidth is 1 RB and the limit is expressed as a ratio of measured power in one non-allocated RB to the measured total power in all allocated RBs. Note 5: The applicable frequencies for this limit are those that are enclosed in the RBs containing the DC frequency if is odd, or in the two RBs immediately adjacent to the DC frequency if is even, but excluding any allocated RB. Note 6: is the Transmission Bandwidth (see Figure 5.4.2-1). Note 7: is the Transmission Bandwidth Configuration (see Figure 5.4.2-1). Note 8: is the limit specified in Table 6.5.2.1.1-1 for the modulation format used in the allocated RBs. Note 9: is the starting frequency offset between the allocated RB and the measured non-allocated RB (e.g. or for the first adjacent RB outside of the allocated bandwidth. Note 10: is the transmitted power per 180 kHz in allocated RBs, measured in dBm.

Table 6.5.2.3.5-2: Test requirements for in-band emissions for UE supporting Rel.11 and higher

Parameter description	Unit	Limit (Note 1)		Applicable Frequencies
General	dB	+0.8		Any non-allocated (Note 2)
IQ Image	dB	-27.2	Image frequencies when carrier centre frequency < 1 GHz and Output power > 10 dBm	(Notes 2, 3)
		-24.2	Image frequencies when carrier centre frequency < 1 GHz and Output power ≤ 10 dBm
		-24.2	Image frequencies when carrier centre frequency ≥ 1 GHz
Carrier leakage	dBc	-27.2	Output power > 10 dBm and carrier centre frequency < 1 GHz	Carrier frequency (Notes 4, 5)
		-24.2	Output power > 10 dBm and carrier centre frequency ≥ 1 GHz
		-24.2	0 dBm ≤ Output power ≤10 dBm
		-19.2	-30 dBm ≤ Output power ≤ 0 dBm
		-9.2	-40 dBm ≤ Output power < -30 dBm
NOTE 1: An in-band emissions combined limit is evaluated in each non-allocated RB. For each such RB, the minimum requirement is calculated as the higher of P_RB– 29.2 dB and the power sum of all limit values (General, IQ Image or Carrier leakage) that apply. P_RB is defined in Note 10. NOTE 2: The measurement bandwidth is 1 RB and the limit is expressed as a ratio of measured power in one non-allocated RB to the measured average power per allocated RB, where the averaging is done across all allocated RBs. NOTE 3: The applicable frequencies for this limit are those that are enclosed in the reflection of the allocated bandwidth, based on symmetry with respect to the centre carrier frequency, but excluding any allocated RBs. NOTE 4: The measurement bandwidth is 1 RB and the limit is expressed as a ratio of measured power in one non-allocated RB to the measured total power in all allocated RBs. NOTE 5: The applicable frequencies for this limit are those that are enclosed in the RBs containing the DC frequency if is odd, or in the two RBs immediately adjacent to the DC frequency if is even, but excluding any allocated RB. NOTE 6: is the Transmission Bandwidth (see Figure 5.4.2-1). NOTE 7: is the Transmission Bandwidth Configuration (see Figure 5.4.2-1). NOTE 8: is the limit specified in Table 6.5.2.1.1-1 for the modulation format used in the allocated RBs. NOTE 9: is the starting frequency offset between the allocated RB and the measured non-allocated RB (e.g. or for the first adjacent RB outside of the allocated bandwidth. NOTE 10: is the transmitted power per 180 kHz in allocated RBs, measured in dBm.

6.5.2.3E In-band emissions for non allocated RB for UE category 0

6.5.2.3E.1 Test Purpose

Same test purpose as in clause 6.5.2.3.1.

6.5.2.3E.2 Test applicability

This test case applies to all types of E-UTRA UE release 12 and forward of UE category 0.

6.5.2.3E.3 Minimum conformance requirements

Same minimum conformance requirements as in clause 6.5.2.3.3.

6.5.2.3E.4 Test description

6.5.2.3E.4.1 Initial conditions

Same initial conditions as in clause 6.5.2.3.4.1 with following exceptions:

– Connect SS to the UE antenna connectors as shown in TS 36.508[7] Annex A Figure A.3 using only main UE Tx/Rx antenna.

6.5.2.3E.4.2 Test procedure

Same test procedure as in clause 6.5.2.3.4.2

6.5.2.3E.4.3 Message contents

Same message contents as in clause 6.5.2.3.4.3.

6.5.2.3E.5 Test requirement

Each of the 20 In-band emissions results, derived in Annex E.4.3 shall not exceed the corresponding values in Table 6.5.2.3E.5-1

Table 6.5.2.3E.5-1: Test requirements for in-band emissions

Parameter Description	Unit	Limit (Note 1)		Applicable Frequencies
General	dB	+0.8		Any non-allocated (Note 2)
IQ Image	dB	-24.2		Image frequencies (Notes 2, 3)
DC	dBc	-24.2	Output power f ≤ 3.0GHz: 3.2dBm ±3.2dB 3.0GHz < f ≤ 4.2GHz: 3.5 dBm ±3.5dB	LO frequency (Notes 4, 5)
		-19.2	Output power f ≤ 3.0GHz: -26.8 dBm ±3.2dB 3.0GHz < f ≤ 4.2GHz: -26.5 dBm ±3.5dB
		-9.2	Output power f ≤ 3.0GHz: -36.8 dBm ±3.2dB 3.0GHz < f ≤ 4.2GHz: -36.5 dBm ±3.5dB
Note 1: An in-band emissions combined limit is evaluated in each non-allocated RB. For each such RB, the test requirement is calculated as the higher of P_RB– 29.2 dB and the power sum of all limit values (General, IQ Image or Carrier leakage) that apply. P_RB is defined in Note 10. Note 2: The measurement bandwidth is 1 RB and the limit is expressed as a ratio of measured power in one non-allocated RB to the measured average power per allocated RB, where the averaging is done across all allocated RBs. Note 3: The applicable frequencies for this limit are those that are enclosed in the reflection of the allocated bandwidth, based on symmetry with respect to the centre carrier frequency, but excluding any allocated RBs. Note 4: The measurement bandwidth is 1 RB and the limit is expressed as a ratio of measured power in one non-allocated RB to the measured total power in all allocated RBs. Note 5: The applicable frequencies for this limit are those that are enclosed in the RBs containing the DC frequency if is odd, or in the two RBs immediately adjacent to the DC frequency if is even, but excluding any allocated RB. Note 6: is the Transmission Bandwidth (see Figure 5.4.2-1). Note 7: is the Transmission Bandwidth Configuration (see Figure 5.4.2-1). Note 8: is the limit specified in Table 6.5.2.1.1-1 for the modulation format used in the allocated RBs. Note 9: is the starting frequency offset between the allocated RB and the measured non-allocated RB (e.g. or for the first adjacent RB outside of the allocated bandwidth. Note 10: is the transmitted power per 180 kHz in allocated RBs, measured in dBm.

6.5.2.3EA In-band emissions for non allocated RB for UE category M1

6.5.2.3EA.1 Test Purpose

Same test purpose as in clause 6.5.2.3.1.

6.5.2.3EA.2 Test applicability

This test case applies to all types of E-UTRA UE release 13 and forward of UE category M1.

6.5.2.3EA.3 Minimum conformance requirements

The relative in-band emission when centre carrier frequency is at the centre of channel bandwidth or when at the 6RB narrowband assigned for transmission shall not exceed the values specified in Table 6.5.2.3EA.3-1 or Table 6.5.2.3EA.3-2.

Table 6.5.2.3EA.3-1: Minimum requirements for in-band emissions for UE supporting Rel-13 and Rel-14

Parameter description	Unit	Limit (NOTE 1)		Applicable Frequencies
General	dB			Any non-allocated (NOTE 2)
IQ Image	dB	-28	Image frequencies when carrier centre frequency < 1 GHz and Output power > 10 dBm	Image frequencies (NOTES 2, 3)
		-25	Image frequencies when carrier centre frequency < 1 GHz and Output power ≤ 10 dBm
		-25	Image frequencies when carrier centre frequency ≥ 1 GHz
Carrier leakage	dBc	-28	Output power > 10 dBm and carrier centre frequency < 1 GHz	Carrier frequency (NOTES 4, 5)
		-25	Output power > 10 dBm and carrier centre frequency ≥ 1 GHz
		-25	0 dBm ≤ Output power ≤10 dBm
		-20	-30 dBm ≤ Output power ≤ 0 dBm
		-10	-40 dBm ≤ Output power < -30 dBm
NOTE 1: An in-band emissions combined limit is evaluated in each non-allocated RB. For each such RB, the minimum requirement is calculated as the higher of P_RB– 30 dB and the power sum of all limit values (General, IQ Image or Carrier leakage) that apply. P_RB is defined in NOTE 10. NOTE 2: The measurement bandwidth is 1 RB and the limit is expressed as a ratio of measured power in one non-allocated RB to the measured average power per allocated RB, where the averaging is done across all allocated RBs. NOTE 3: The applicable frequencies for this limit are those that are enclosed in the reflection of the allocated bandwidth, based on symmetry with respect to the centre carrier frequency, but excluding any allocated RBs. For UE of UL Category M1, applicable frequencies shall alternatively include those found by reflection on the centre of the assigned 6 RB narrowband, but excluding any allocated RBs. NOTE 4: The measurement bandwidth is 1 RB and the limit is expressed as a ratio of measured power in one non-allocated RB to the measured total power in all allocated RBs. NOTE 5: The applicable frequencies for this limit are those that are enclosed in the RBs containing the DC frequency if is odd, or in the two RBs immediately adjacent to the DC frequency if is even, but excluding any allocated RB. For UE of UL Category M1, the applicable frequencies shall alternatively be the centre frequency of the supported 6RBs additionally. NOTE 6: is the Transmission Bandwidth (see Figure 5.6-1). NOTE 7: is the Transmission Bandwidth Configuration (see Figure 5.6-1). NOTE 8: is the limit specified in Table 6.5.2.1.1-1 for the modulation format used in the allocated RBs. NOTE 9: is the starting frequency offset between the allocated RB and the measured non-allocated RB (e.g. or for the first adjacent RB outside of the allocated bandwidth. NOTE 10: is the transmitted power per 180 kHz in allocated RBs, measured in dBm.

Table 6.5.2.3EA.3-2: Minimum requirements for in-band emissions for UE supporting Rel-15 and higher

Parameter description	Unit	Limit (NOTE 1)		Applicable Frequencies
General	dB			Any non-allocated Subcarrier Group within the subPRB allocation (NOTE 11,12,13)
				Any non-allocated (NOTE 2)
IQ Image	dB	-28	Image frequencies when carrier centre frequency < 1 GHz and Output power > 10 dBm	Image frequencies (NOTES 2, 3)
		-25	Image frequencies when carrier centre frequency < 1 GHz and Output power ≤ 10 dBm
		-25	Image frequencies when carrier centre frequency ≥ 1 GHz
Carrier leakage	dBc	-28	Output power > 10 dBm and carrier centre frequency < 1 GHz	Carrier frequency (NOTES 4, 5)
		-25	Output power > 10 dBm and carrier centre frequency ≥ 1 GHz
		-25	0 dBm ≤ Output power ≤10 dBm
		-20	-30 dBm ≤ Output power ≤ 0 dBm
		-10	-40 dBm ≤ Output power < -30 dBm
NOTE 1: An in-band emissions combined limit is evaluated in each non-allocated RB. For each such RB, the minimum requirement is calculated as the higher of P_RB– 30 dB and the power sum of all limit values (General, IQ Image or Carrier leakage) that apply. P_RB is defined in NOTE 10. NOTE 2: The measurement bandwidth is 1 RB and the limit is expressed as a ratio of measured power in one non-allocated RB to the measured average power per allocated RB, where the averaging is done across all allocated RBs. NOTE 3: The applicable frequencies for this limit are those that are enclosed in the reflection of the allocated bandwidth, based on symmetry with respect to the centre carrier frequency, but excluding any allocated RBs. For UE of UL Category M1, applicable frequencies shall alternatively include those found by reflection on the centre of the assigned 6 RB narrowband, but excluding any allocated RBs. NOTE 4: The measurement bandwidth is 1 RB and the limit is expressed as a ratio of measured power in one non-allocated RB to the measured total power in all allocated RBs. NOTE 5: The applicable frequencies for this limit are those that are enclosed in the RBs containing the DC frequency if is odd, or in the two RBs immediately adjacent to the DC frequency if is even, but excluding any allocated RB. For UE of UL Category M1, the applicable frequencies shall alternatively be the centre frequency of the supported 6RBs additionally. NOTE 6: is the Transmission Bandwidth (see Figure 5.6-1). NOTE 7: is the Transmission Bandwidth Configuration (see Figure 5.6-1). NOTE 8: is the limit specified in Table 6.5.2.1.1-1 for the modulation format used in the allocated RBs. NOTE 9: is the starting frequency offset between the allocated RB and the measured non-allocated RB (e.g. or for the first adjacent RB outside of the allocated bandwidth. NOTE 10: is the transmitted power per 180 kHz in allocated RBs, measured in dBm. NOTE 11: The measurement bandwidth is 1 subcarrier group ( [3] subcarrier per subcarrier group) and the limit is expressed as a ratio of measured power in one non-allocated subcarrier group to the measured total power in all allocated subcarrier. NOTE 12: is the starting frequency offset between the allocated subcarrier group and the measured non-allocated subcarrier group (e.g. =-1 for the first adjacent subcarrier group outside the allocated subcarrier group.) NOTE 13: is the Transmission bandwidth (number of subcarrier group).

The normative reference for this requirement is TS 36.101 [2] clause 6.5.2E.3.1.

6.5.2.3EA.4 Test description

6.5.2.3EA.4.1 Initial conditions

Initial conditions are a set of test configurations the UE needs to be tested in and the steps for the SS to take with the UE to reach the correct measurement state.

The initial test configurations consist of environmental conditions, test frequencies, and channel bandwidths based on E-UTRA bands specified in sub-clause 5.2E. All of these configurations shall be tested with applicable test parameters for each channel bandwidth, and are shown in table 6.5.2.3EA.4.1-1 and 6.5.2.3EA.4.1-2. The details of the uplink reference measurement channels (RMCs) are specified in Annexes A.2. Configurations of PDSCH and MPDCCH before measurement are specified in Annex C.2.

Table 6.5.2.3EA.4.1-1: Test Configuration Table for PUSCH

Initial Conditions
Test Environment (as specified in TS 36.508 [7] subclause 4.1)		See Table 6.5.1.4.1-1
Test Frequencies (as specified in TS36.508 [7] subclause 4.3.1)		See Table 6.5.1.4.1-1
Test Channel Bandwidths (as specified in TS 36.508 [7] subclause 4.3.1)		5MHz
Test Parameters for Channel Bandwidths and Narrowband positions
	Downlink Configuration	Uplink Configuration
Ch BW	N/A for in-band emissions testing	Mod’n	RB allocation
			FDD and HD-FDD	TDD	Narrowband index¹
5MHz		QPSK	1	1	0
5MHz		QPSK	½ (Note 3)	½ (Note 3)	0
Note 1: Denotes where in the channel Bandwidth the narrowband shall be placed. Narrowband and Narrowband index are defined in TS36.211, 5.2.4. Note 2: The RB_start of partial RB allocation shall be RB#0 and RB# (6 – RB allocation) of the narrowband. Note 3: Applies only for UE supporting sub-PRB resource allocation for PUSCH.

Table 6.5.2.3EA.4.1-2: Test Configuration Table for PUCCH

			Initial Conditions
Test Environment as specified in TS 36.508[7] subclause 4.1			See Table 6.5.1.4.1-1
Test Frequencies as specified in TS36.508 [7] subclause 4.3.1			See Table 6.5.1.4.1-1
Test Channel Bandwidths as specified in TS 36.508 [7] subclause 4.3.1			5MHz
Test Parameters for Channel Bandwidths and Narrowband positions
	Downlink Configuration				Uplink Configuration
Ch BW	Mod’n	RB allocation			FDD: PUCCH format = Format 1a TDD: PUCCH format = Format 1a / 1b
		FDD	TDD	Narrowband index¹
5MHz	QPSK	4@0	4@0	0
Note 1: Denotes where in the channel Bandwidth the narrowband shall be placed. Narrowband and Narrowband index are defined in TS36.211, 5.2.4.

1. Connect the SS to the UE antenna connectors as shown in TS 36.508 [7] Figure A.3 using only main UE Tx/Rx antenna.

2. The parameter settings for the cell are set up according to TS 36.508 [7] subclause 4.4.3.

3. Downlink signals are initially set up according to Annex C.0, C.1, and C.3.0, and uplink signals according to Annex H.1 and H.3.0.

4. The UL and DL Reference Measurement channels are set according to in Table 6.5.2.3.4.1-1 (PUSCH sub-test) and Table 6.5.2.3EA.4.1-2 (PUCCH sub-test).

5. Propagation conditions are set according to Annex B.0

6. Ensure the UE is in State 3A-RF-CE according to TS 36.508 [7] clause 5.2A.2AA. Message contents are defined in clause 6.5.2.3EA.4.3.

6.5.2.3EA.4.2 Test procedure

Test procedure for PUSCH:

1.1 SS sends uplink scheduling information for each UL HARQ process via PDCCH DCI format 0 for C_RNTI to schedule the UL RMC according to Table 6.5.2.3EA.4.1-1. Since the UE has no payload and no loopback data to send the UE sends uplink MAC padding bits on the UL RMC

1.3 Measure In-band emission using Global In-Channel Tx-Test (Annex E) according to the UE’s declaration on the position of carrier centre frequency.

1.5 Measure In-band emission using Global In-Channel Tx-Test (Annex E) according to the UE’s declaration on the position of carrier centre frequency.

1.6 Send the appropriate TPC commands in the uplink scheduling information to the UE until UE output power is -26.8 dBm ±3.2dB for carrier frequency f ≤ 3.0GHz or -36.5dBm ±2.5 dB for carrier frequency 3.0GHz < f ≤ 4.2GHz.

1.7 Measure In-band emission using Global In-Channel Tx-Test (Annex E) according to the UE’s declaration on the position of carrier centre frequency. For TDD slots with transient periods are not under test. For HD-FDD slots with transient periods are not under test. Half-duplex guard subframes are not under test.

1.9 Measure In-band emission using Global In-Channel Tx-Test (Annex E) according to the UE’s declaration on the position of carrier centre frequency. For TDD slots with transient periods are not under test. For HD-FDD slots with transient periods are not under test. Half-duplex guard subframes are not under test.

Test procedure for PUCCH:

2.1 PUCCH is set according to Table 6.5.2.3EA.4.1-2. SS transmits PDSCH via MPDCCH DCI format 6-1A for C_RNTI to transmit the DL RMC according to Table 6.5.2.3EA.4.1-2. The SS sends downlink MAC padding bits on the DL RMC. The transmission of PDSCH will make the UE send uplink ACK/NACK using PUCCH.

2.3 Measure In-band emission using Global In-Channel Tx-Test (Annex E) according to the UE’s declaration on the position of carrier centre frequency.

2.5 Measure In-band emission using Global In-Channel Tx-Test (Annex E) according to the UE’s declaration on the position of carrier centre frequency.

2.7 Measure In-band emission using Global In-Channel Tx-Test (Annex E) according to the UE’s declaration on the position of carrier centre frequency.

2.9 Measure In-band emission using Global In-Channel Tx-Test (Annex E) according to the UE’s declaration on the position of carrier centre frequency.

6.5.2.3EA.4.3 Message contents

Message contents are according to TS 36.508 [7] subclause 4.6 with the condition CEModeA and the following exceptions:

Table 6.5.2.3EA.4.3-1: PUCCH-ConfigCommon: PUCCH in-band emissions measurement

Derivation Path: TS 36.508 [7] clause 6.3.2, Table 4.6.3-8: PUCCH-ConfigCommon-DEFAULT
Information Element	Value/remark	Comment	Condition
PUCCH-ConfigCommon-DEFAULT ::= SEQUENCE {
nRB-CQI	0
}

6.5.2.3EA.5 Test requirement

Each of the 20 In-band emissions results, derived in Annex E.4.3 shall not exceed the corresponding values in Table 6.5.2.3EA.5-1 or Table 6.5.2.3EA.5-2.

Table 6.5.2.3EA.5-1: Test requirements for in-band emissions for UE supporting Rel-13 and Rel-14

Parameter description	Unit	Limit (NOTE 1)		Applicable Frequencies
General	dB	+0.8		Any non-allocated (NOTE 2)
IQ Image	dB	-27.2	Image frequencies when carrier centre frequency < 1 GHz and Output power > 10 dBm	Image frequencies (NOTES 2, 3)
		-24.2	Image frequencies when carrier centre frequency < 1 GHz and Output power ≤ 10 dBm
		-24.2	Image frequencies when carrier centre frequency ≥ 1 GHz
Carrier leakage	dBc	-27.2	Output power > 10 dBm and carrier centre frequency < 1 GHz	Carrier frequency (NOTES 4, 5)
		-24.2	Output power > 10 dBm and carrier centre frequency ≥ 1 GHz
		-24.2	0 dBm ≤ Output power ≤10 dBm
		-19.2	-30 dBm ≤ Output power ≤ 0 dBm
		-9.2	-40 dBm ≤ Output power < -30 dBm
NOTE 1: An in-band emissions combined limit is evaluated in each non-allocated RB. For each such RB, the minimum requirement is calculated as the higher of P_RB– 29.2 dB and the power sum of all limit values (General, IQ Image or Carrier leakage) that apply. P_RB is defined in NOTE 10. NOTE 2: The measurement bandwidth is 1 RB and the limit is expressed as a ratio of measured power in one non-allocated RB to the measured average power per allocated RB, where the averaging is done across all allocated RBs. NOTE 3: The applicable frequencies for this limit are those that are enclosed in the reflection of the allocated bandwidth, based on symmetry with respect to the centre carrier frequency, but excluding any allocated RBs. For UE of UL Category M1, applicable frequencies shall alternatively include those found by reflection on the centre of the assigned 6 RB narrowband, but excluding any allocated RBs. NOTE 4: The measurement bandwidth is 1 RB and the limit is expressed as a ratio of measured power in one non-allocated RB to the measured total power in all allocated RBs. NOTE 5: The applicable frequencies for this limit are those that are enclosed in the RBs containing the DC frequency if is odd, or in the two RBs immediately adjacent to the DC frequency if is even, but excluding any allocated RB. For UE of UL Category M1, the applicable frequencies shall alternatively be the centre frequency of the supported 6RBs additionally. NOTE 6: is the Transmission Bandwidth (see Figure 5.6-1). NOTE 7: is the Transmission Bandwidth Configuration (see Figure 5.6-1). NOTE 8: is the limit specified in Table 6.5.2.1.1-1 for the modulation format used in the allocated RBs. NOTE 9: is the starting frequency offset between the allocated RB and the measured non-allocated RB (e.g. or for the first adjacent RB outside of the allocated bandwidth. NOTE 10: is the transmitted power per 180 kHz in allocated RBs, measured in dBm.

Table 6.5.2.3EA.5-2: Test requirements for in-band emissions for UE supporting Rel-15 and higher

Parameter description	Unit	Limit (NOTE 1)		Applicable Frequencies
General	dB			Any non-allocated Subcarrier Group within the subPRB allocation (NOTE 11,12,13)
				Any non-allocated (NOTE 2)
IQ Image	dB	-28	Image frequencies when carrier centre frequency < 1 GHz and Output power > 10 dBm	Image frequencies (NOTES 2, 3)
		-25	Image frequencies when carrier centre frequency < 1 GHz and Output power ≤ 10 dBm
		-25	Image frequencies when carrier centre frequency ≥ 1 GHz
Carrier leakage	dBc	-28	Output power > 10 dBm and carrier centre frequency < 1 GHz	Carrier frequency (NOTES 4, 5)
		-25	Output power > 10 dBm and carrier centre frequency ≥ 1 GHz
		-25	0 dBm ≤ Output power ≤10 dBm
		-20	-30 dBm ≤ Output power ≤ 0 dBm
		-10	-40 dBm ≤ Output power < -30 dBm
NOTE 1: An in-band emissions combined limit is evaluated in each non-allocated RB. For each such RB, the minimum requirement is calculated as the higher of P_RB– 30 dB and the power sum of all limit values (General, IQ Image or Carrier leakage) that apply. P_RB is defined in NOTE 10. NOTE 2: The measurement bandwidth is 1 RB and the limit is expressed as a ratio of measured power in one non-allocated RB to the measured average power per allocated RB, where the averaging is done across all allocated RBs. NOTE 3: The applicable frequencies for this limit are those that are enclosed in the reflection of the allocated bandwidth, based on symmetry with respect to the centre carrier frequency, but excluding any allocated RBs. For UE of UL Category M1, applicable frequencies shall alternatively include those found by reflection on the centre of the assigned 6 RB narrowband, but excluding any allocated RBs. NOTE 4: The measurement bandwidth is 1 RB and the limit is expressed as a ratio of measured power in one non-allocated RB to the measured total power in all allocated RBs. NOTE 5: The applicable frequencies for this limit are those that are enclosed in the RBs containing the DC frequency if is odd, or in the two RBs immediately adjacent to the DC frequency if is even, but excluding any allocated RB. For UE of UL Category M1, the applicable frequencies shall alternatively be the centre frequency of the supported 6RBs additionally. NOTE 6: is the Transmission Bandwidth (see Figure 5.6-1). NOTE 7: is the Transmission Bandwidth Configuration (see Figure 5.6-1). NOTE 8: is the limit specified in Table 6.5.2.1.1-1 for the modulation format used in the allocated RBs. NOTE 9: is the starting frequency offset between the allocated RB and the measured non-allocated RB (e.g. or for the first adjacent RB outside of the allocated bandwidth. NOTE 10: is the transmitted power per 180 kHz in allocated RBs, measured in dBm. NOTE 11: The measurement bandwidth is 1 subcarrier group ( [3] subcarrier per subcarrier group) and the limit is expressed as a ratio of measured power in one non-allocated subcarrier group to the measured total power in all allocated subcarrier. NOTE 12: is the starting frequency offset between the allocated subcarrier group and the measured non-allocated subcarrier group (e.g. =-1 for the first adjacent subcarrier group outside the allocated subcarrier group.) NOTE 13: is the Transmission bandwidth (number of subcarrier group).

6.5.2.3EB In-band emissions for non allocated RB for UE category 1bis

6.5.2.3EB.1 Test purpose

Same test purpose as in clause 6.5.2.3.

6.5.2.3EB.2 Test applicability

This test applies to all types of E-UTRA UE release 13 and forward of UE category 1bis.

6.5.2.3EB.3 Minimum conformance requirements

Same minimum conformance requirements as in clause 6.5.2.3.3.

6.5.2.3EB.4 Test description

6.5.2.3EB.4.1 Initial conditions

Same initial conditions as in clause 6.5.2.3.4.1 with the following exception:

– Connect the SS to the UE antenna connectors as shown in TS 36.508[7] Annex A Figure A.3 using only main UE Tx/Rx antenna.

6.5.2.3EB.4.2 Test procedure

Same test procedure as in clause 6.5.2.3.4.2.

6.5.2.3EB.4.3 Message contents

Same message contents as in clause 6.5.2.3.4.3.

6.5.2.3EB.5 Test requirement

Each of the 20 In-band emissions results, derived in Annex E.4.3 shall not exceed the corresponding values in Tables 6.5.2.3EB.5-1 based on supported UE release version.

Table 6.5.2.3EB.5-1: Test requirements for in-band emissions for UE supporting Rel.13 and higher

Parameter description	Unit	Limit (Note 1)		Applicable Frequencies
General	dB	+0.8		Any non-allocated (Note 2)
IQ Image	dB	-27.2	Image frequencies when carrier centre frequency < 1 GHz and Output power > 10 dBm	(Notes 2, 3)
		-24.2	Image frequencies when carrier centre frequency < 1 GHz and Output power ≤ 10 dBm
		-24.2	Image frequencies when carrier centre frequency ≥ 1 GHz
Carrier leakage	dBc	-27.2	Output power > 10 dBm and carrier centre frequency < 1 GHz	Carrier frequency (Notes 4, 5)
		-24.2	Output power > 10 dBm and carrier centre frequency ≥ 1 GHz
		-24.2	0 dBm ≤ Output power ≤10 dBm
		-19.2	-30 dBm ≤ Output power ≤ 0 dBm
		-9.2	-40 dBm ≤ Output power < -30 dBm
NOTE 1: An in-band emissions combined limit is evaluated in each non-allocated RB. For each such RB, the minimum requirement is calculated as the higher of P_RB– 29.2 dB and the power sum of all limit values (General, IQ Image or Carrier leakage) that apply. P_RB is defined in Note 10. NOTE 2: The measurement bandwidth is 1 RB and the limit is expressed as a ratio of measured power in one non-allocated RB to the measured average power per allocated RB, where the averaging is done across all allocated RBs. NOTE 3: The applicable frequencies for this limit are those that are enclosed in the reflection of the allocated bandwidth, based on symmetry with respect to the centre carrier frequency, but excluding any allocated RBs. NOTE 4: The measurement bandwidth is 1 RB and the limit is expressed as a ratio of measured power in one non-allocated RB to the measured total power in all allocated RBs. NOTE 5: The applicable frequencies for this limit are those that are enclosed in the RBs containing the DC frequency if is odd, or in the two RBs immediately adjacent to the DC frequency if is even, but excluding any allocated RB. NOTE 6: is the Transmission Bandwidth (see Figure 5.4.2-1). NOTE 7: is the Transmission Bandwidth Configuration (see Figure 5.4.2-1). NOTE 8: is the limit specified in Table 6.5.2.1.1-1 for the modulation format used in the allocated RBs. NOTE 9: is the starting frequency offset between the allocated RB and the measured non-allocated RB (e.g. or for the first adjacent RB outside of the allocated bandwidth. NOTE 10: is the transmitted power per 180 kHz in allocated RBs, measured in dBm.

6.5.2.3EC In-band emissions for non allocated RB for UE category M2

6.5.2.3EC.1 Test Purpose

Same test purpose as in clause 6.5.2.3.1.

6.5.2.3EC.2 Test applicability

This test case applies to all types of E-UTRA UE release 14 and forward of UE category M2.

6.5.2.3EC.3 Minimum conformance requirements

The relative in-band emission when the center carrier frequency is either at the center of channel bandwidth or at the center of the narrowband assigned for transmission shall not exceed the values specified in Table 6.5.2.3EC.3-1

Table 6.5.2.3EC.3-1: Minimum requirements for in-band emissions

Parameter description	Unit	Limit (NOTE 1)		Applicable Frequencies
General	dB			Any non-allocated Subcarrier Group within the subPRB allocation (NOTE 11,12,13)
				Any non-allocated (NOTE 2)
IQ Image	dB	-28	Image frequencies when carrier center frequency < 1 GHz and Output power > 10 dBm	Image frequencies (NOTES 2, 3)
		-25	Image frequencies when carrier center frequency < 1 GHz and Output power ≤ 10 dBm
		-25	Image frequencies when carrier center frequency ≥ 1 GHz
Carrier leakage	dBc	-28	Output power > 10 dBm and carrier center frequency < 1 GHz	Carrier frequency (NOTES 4, 5)
		-25	Output power > 10 dBm and carrier center frequency ≥ 1 GHz
		-25	0 dBm ≤ Output power ≤10 dBm
		-20	-30 dBm ≤ Output power ≤ 0 dBm
		-10	-40 dBm ≤ Output power < -30 dBm
NOTE 1: An in-band emissions combined limit is evaluated in each non-allocated RB. For each such RB, the minimum requirement is calculated as the higher of P_RB– 30 dB and the power sum of all limit values (General, IQ Image or Carrier leakage) that apply. P_RB is defined in NOTE 10. NOTE 2: The measurement bandwidth is 1 RB and the limit is expressed as a ratio of measured power in one non-allocated RB to the measured average power per allocated RB, where the averaging is done across all allocated RBs. NOTE 3: The applicable frequencies for this limit are those that are enclosed in the reflection of the allocated bandwidth, based on symmetry with respect to the centre carrier frequency, but excluding any allocated RBs. For UE of UL Categories M1 and M2, the applicable frequencies shall alternatively include those found by reflection on the center of the assigned narrowband, but excluding any allocated RBs. NOTE 4: The measurement bandwidth is 1 RB and the limit is expressed as a ratio of measured power in one non-allocated RB to the measured total power in all allocated RBs. NOTE 5: The applicable frequencies for this limit are those that are enclosed in the RBs containing the DC frequency if is odd, or in the two RBs immediately adjacent to the DC frequency if is even, but excluding any allocated RB. For UE of UL Categories M1 and M2, the applicable frequencies shall alternatively be the centre frequency of the supported 6RBs. NOTE 6: is the Transmission Bandwidth (see Figure 5.4.2-1). NOTE 7: is the Transmission Bandwidth Configuration (see Figure 5.4.2-1). NOTE 8: is the limit specified in Table 6.5.2.1.3-1 for the modulation format used in the allocated RBs. NOTE 9: is the starting frequency offset between the allocated RB and the measured non-allocated RB (e.g. or for the first adjacent RB outside of the allocated bandwidth. NOTE 10: is the transmitted power per 180 kHz in allocated RBs, measured in dBm. NOTE 11: The measurement bandwidth is 1 subcarrier group ( [3] subcarrier per subcarrier group) and the limit is expressed as a ratio of measured power in one non-allocated subcarrier group to the measured total power in all allocated subcarrier. NOTE 12: is the starting frequency offset between the allocated subcarrier group and the measured non-allocated subcarrier group (e.g. =-1 for the first adjacent subcarrier group outside the allocated subcarrier group.) NOTE 13: is the Transmission bandwidth (number of subcarrier group).

The basic in-band emissions measurement interval is defined over one slot in the time domain.

The normative reference for this requirement is TS 36.101 [2] clause 6.5.2E.3.1.

6.5.2.3EC.4 Test description

6.5.2.3EC.4.1 Initial conditions

Initial conditions are a set of test configurations the UE needs to be tested in and the steps for the SS to take with the UE to reach the correct measurement state.

The initial test configurations consist of environmental conditions, test frequencies, and channel bandwidths based on E-UTRA bands specified in sub-clause 5.2E. All of these configurations shall be tested with applicable test parameters for each channel bandwidth, and are shown in table 6.5.2.3EC.4.1-1 and 6.5.2.3EC.4.1-2. The details of the uplink reference measurement channels (RMCs) are specified in Annexes A.2. Configurations of PDSCH and MPDCCH before measurement are specified in Annex C.2.

Table 6.5.2.3EC.4.1-1: Test Configuration Table for PUSCH

Initial Conditions
Test Environment (as specified in TS 36.508 [7] subclause 4.1)		NC, TL/VL, TL/VH, TH/VL, TH/VH
Test Frequencies (as specified in TS36.508 [7] subclause 4.3.1)		Low range, Mid range, High range
Test Channel Bandwidths (as specified in TS 36.508 [7] subclause 4.3.1)		5MHz, Highest
Test Parameters for Channel Bandwidths and Narrowband positions
	Downlink Configuration	Uplink Configuration
Ch BW	N/A for in-band emissions testing	Mod’n	RB allocation
			FDD and HD-FDD	TDD	Narrowband index¹
Low range, Mid range
5MHz		QPSK	1	1	0
5MHz		QPSK	24	24	0
10MHz		QPSK	1	1	0
10MHz		QPSK	24	24	0
15MHz		QPSK	1	1	0
15MHz		QPSK	24	24	0
20MHz		QPSK	1	1	0
20MHz		QPSK	24	24	0
High range
5MHz		QPSK	1	1	3
5MHz		QPSK	24	24	0
10MHz		QPSK	1	1	7
10MHz		QPSK	24	24	4
15MHz		QPSK	1	1	11
15MHz		QPSK	24	24	8
20MHz		QPSK	1	1	15
20MHz		QPSK	24	24	12
Note 1: Denotes the lowest narrowband index in the channel bandwidth where the wideband shall be placed. The allocation is contiguous, starting from the lowest narrowband index. Narrowband, Narrowband index and Wideband are defined in TS 36.211 [8], 5.2.7. Note 2: The RB_start of the 1RB allocation shall be RB#0 of the narrowband for Low/Mid frequency range and RB#5 of the narrowband for High frequency range.

Table 6.5.2.3EC.4.1-2: Test Configuration Table for PUCCH

Initial Conditions
Test Environment as specified in TS 36.508[7] subclause 4.1			NC, TL/VL, TL/VH, TH/VL, TH/VH
Test Frequencies as specified in TS36.508 [7] subclause 4.3.1			Low range, Mid range, High range
Test Channel Bandwidths as specified in TS 36.508 [7] subclause 4.3.1			5MHz, Highest
Test Parameters for Channel Bandwidths and Narrowband positions
	Downlink Configuration				Uplink Configuration
Ch BW	Mod’n	RB allocation
		FDD	TDD	Narrowband index¹
Low range, Mid range
5MHz	QPSK	12@0	12@0	0	FDD: PUCCH format = Format 1a TDD: PUCCH format = Format 1a / 1b
10MHz	QPSK	12@0	12@0	0
15MHz	QPSK	12@0	12@0	0
20MHz	QPSK	12@0	12@0	0
High range
5MHz	QPSK	12@0	12@0	0	FDD: PUCCH format = Format 1a TDD: PUCCH format = Format 1a / 1b
10MHz	QPSK	12@0	12@0	4
15MHz	QPSK	12@0	12@0	8
20MHz	QPSK	12@0	12@0	12
Note 1: Denotes the lowest narrowband index in the channel bandwidth where the wideband shall be placed. The allocation is contiguous, starting from the lowest narrowband index. Narrowband, Narrowband index and Wideband are defined in TS 36.211 [8], 5.2.7.

1. Connect the SS to the UE antenna connectors as shown in TS 36.508 [7] Figure A.3 using only main UE Tx/Rx antenna.

2. The parameter settings for the cell are set up according to TS 36.508 [7] subclause 4.4.3.

3. Downlink signals are initially set up according to Annex C.0, C.1, and C.3.0, and uplink signals according to Annex H.1 and H.3.0.

4. The UL and DL Reference Measurement channels are set according to in Table 6.5.2.3EC.4.1-1 (PUSCH sub-test) and Table 6.5.2.3EC.4.1-2 (PUCCH sub-test).

5. Propagation conditions are set according to Annex B.0

6. Ensure the UE is in State 3A-RF-CE according to TS 36.508 [7] clause 5.2A.2AA. Message contents are defined in clause 6.5.2.3EC.4.3.

6.5.2.3EC.4.2 Test procedure

Same test procedure as in clause 6.5.2.2EA.4.2 with the following exception.

– Instead of Table 6.5.2.3EA.4.1-1 🡪 use Table 6.5.2.3EC.4.1-1.

– Instead of Table 6.5.2.3EA.4.1-2 🡪 use Table 6.5.2.3EC.4.1-2.

6.5.2.3EC.4.3 Message contents

Same message contents as in clause 6.5.2.3EA.4.3.

6.5.2.3EC.5 Test requirement

Each of the 20 In-band emissions results, derived in Annex E.4.3 shall not exceed the corresponding values in Table 6.5.2.3EC.5-1

Table 6.5.2.3EC.5-1: Test requirements for in-band emissions

Parameter description	Unit	Limit (NOTE 1)		Applicable Frequencies
General	dB			Any non-allocated (NOTE 2)
IQ Image	dB	-27.2	Image frequencies when carrier center frequency < 1 GHz and Output power > 10 dBm	Image frequencies (NOTES 2, 3)
		-24.2	Image frequencies when carrier center frequency < 1 GHz and Output power ≤ 10 dBm
		-24.2	Image frequencies when carrier center frequency ≥ 1 GHz
Carrier leakage	dBc	-27.2	Output power > 10 dBm and carrier center frequency < 1 GHz	Carrier frequency (NOTES 4, 5)
		-24.2	Output power > 10 dBm and carrier center frequency ≥ 1 GHz
		-24.2	0 dBm ≤ Output power ≤10 dBm
		-19.2	-30 dBm ≤ Output power ≤ 0 dBm
		-9.2	-40 dBm ≤ Output power < -30 dBm
NOTE 1: An in-band emissions combined limit is evaluated in each non-allocated RB. For each such RB, the minimum requirement is calculated as the higher of P_RB– 30 dB and the power sum of all limit values (General, IQ Image or Carrier leakage) that apply. P_RB is defined in NOTE 10. NOTE 2: The measurement bandwidth is 1 RB and the limit is expressed as a ratio of measured power in one non-allocated RB to the measured average power per allocated RB, where the averaging is done across all allocated RBs. NOTE 3: The applicable frequencies for this limit are those that are enclosed in the reflection of the allocated bandwidth, based on symmetry with respect to the centre carrier frequency, but excluding any allocated RBs. For UE of UL Categories M1 and M2, the applicable frequencies shall alternatively include those found by reflection on the center of the assigned narrowband, but excluding any allocated RBs. NOTE 4: The measurement bandwidth is 1 RB and the limit is expressed as a ratio of measured power in one non-allocated RB to the measured total power in all allocated RBs. NOTE 5: The applicable frequencies for this limit are those that are enclosed in the RBs containing the DC frequency if is odd, or in the two RBs immediately adjacent to the DC frequency if is even, but excluding any allocated RB. For UE of UL Categories M1 and M2, the applicable frequencies shall alternatively be the centre frequency of the supported 6RBs. NOTE 6: is the Transmission Bandwidth (see Figure 5.4.2-1). NOTE 7: is the Transmission Bandwidth Configuration (see Figure 5.4.2-1). NOTE 8: is the limit specified in Table 6.5.2.1.3-1 for the modulation format used in the allocated RBs. NOTE 9: is the starting frequency offset between the allocated RB and the measured non-allocated RB (e.g. or for the first adjacent RB outside of the allocated bandwidth. NOTE 10: is the transmitted power per 180 kHz in allocated RBs, measured in dBm.

6.5.2.3F In-band emissions for non allocated RB for category NB1 and NB2

6.5.2.3F.1 Test purpose

The in-band emissions are a measure of the interference falling into the non-allocated tones.

The in-band emission is defined as a function of the tone offset from the edge of the allocated UL transmission tone(s) within the transmission bandwidth configuration. The in-band emission is measured as the ratio of the UE output power in a non–allocated tone to the UE output power in an allocated tone. The basic in-band emissions measurement interval is defined over one slot in the time domain.

6.5.2.3F.2 Test applicability

This test case applies to all types of E-UTRA FDD UE release 13 and forward of category NB1.

This test case applies to all types of E-UTRA FDD UE release 14 and forward of category NB2.

This test case applies to all types of E-UTRA TDD UE release 15 and forward of category NB1 and NB2.

6.5.2.3F.3 Minimum conformance requirements

The category NB1 and NB2 UE relative in-band emission shall not exceed the values specified in Table 6.5.2.3F.3-1.

Table 6.5.2.3F.3-1: Minimum requirements for in-band emissions

Parameter description	Unit	Limit (NOTE 1)		Applicable Frequencies
General	dB			Any non-allocated (NOTE 2)
IQ Image	dB	-25		Image frequencies (NOTES 2, 3)
Carrier leakage	dBc	-25	0 dBm ≤ Output power	Carrier frequency (NOTES 4, 5)
		-20	-30 dBm ≤ Output power ≤ 0 dBm
		-10	-40 dBm ≤ Output power < -30 dBm
NOTE 1: An in-band emissions combined limit is evaluated in each non-allocated tone. For each such tone, the minimum requirement is calculated as the higher of P_tone– 30 dB and the power sum of all limit values (General, IQ Image or Carrier leakage) that apply. P_tone is defined in NOTE 10. NOTE 2: The measurement bandwidth is 1 tone and the limit is expressed as a ratio of measured power in one non-allocated tone to the measured average power per allocated tone, where the averaging is done across all allocated tones. NOTE 3: The applicable frequencies for this limit are those that are enclosed in the reflection of the allocated bandwidth, based on symmetry with respect to the centre carrier frequency, but excluding any allocated tones. NOTE 4: The measurement bandwidth is 1 tone and the limit is expressed as a ratio of measured power in one non-allocated tone to the measured total power in all allocated tones. NOTE 5: The applicable frequencies for this limit are those that are enclosed in the tones containing the DC frequency if is odd, or in the two tones immediately adjacent to the DC frequency if is even, but excluding any allocated tone. NOTE 6: is the Transmission Bandwidth (tones). NOTE 7: is the Transmission Bandwidth Configuration (tones). NOTE 8: is the starting frequency offset between the allocated tone and the measured non-allocated tone. (e.g. or for the first adjacent tone outside of the allocated bandwidth. NOTE 9: is the transmitted power per 3.75 kHz or 15 kHz in allocated tones, measured in dBm.

The normative reference for this requirement is TS 36.101[2] clause 6.5.2F.3.

6.5.2.3F.4 Test description

6.5.2.3F.4.1 Initial conditions

Initial conditions are a set of test configurations the UE needs to be tested in and the steps for the SS to take with the UE to reach the correct measurement state.

The initial test configurations consist of environmental conditions and test frequencies based on the subset of E-UTRA operating bands defined for NB-IoT in clause 5.2F. All of these configurations shall be tested with applicable test parameters shown in table 6.5.2.3F.4.1-1. The details of the uplink reference measurement channels (RMCs) are specified in Annexes A.2.4. Configurations of NPDSCH and NPDCCH before measurement are specified in Annex C.2.

Table 6.5.2.3F.4.1-1: Test Configuration Table for FDD & TDD

Initial Conditions
Test Environment as specified in TS 36.508[7] subclause 8.1.1		Normal
Test Frequencies as specified in TS 36.508 [7] subclause 8.1.3.1		Frequency ranges defined in Annex K.1.1
Test Parameters
Configuration ID	Downlink Configuration	Uplink Configuration
	N/A	Modulation	N_tones	Sub-carrier spacing (kHz)
1		QPSK	1@0	3.75kHz
2		QPSK	1@47	3.75kHz
3		QPSK	1@0	15kHz
4		QPSK	1@11	15kHz

1. Connect the SS to the UE antenna connectors as shown in TS 36.508 [7] Annex A, Figure A.3 using only main Tx/Rx antenna.

2. The parameter settings for the cell are set up according to TS 36.508 [7] subclause 8.1.4.3.

3. Downlink signals are initially set up according to Annex C0, C.1 and C.3.0, and uplink signals according to Annex H.1 and H.4.0.

4. The UL Reference Measurement channels are set according to Table 6.5.2.3F.4.1-1.

5. Propagation conditions are set according to Annex B.0

6. Ensure the UE is in State 2A-NB with CP CIoT Optimisation according to TS 36.508 [7] clause 8.1.5.

6.5.2.3F.4.2 Test procedure

1. SS sends uplink scheduling information via NPDCCH DCI format 0 for C_RNTI to schedule the UL RMC according to Table 6.5.2.3F.4.1-1. Since the UE has no payload data to send, the UE transmits uplink MAC padding bits on the UL RMC.

2. Measure In-band emission using Global In-Channel Tx-Test (Annex E). For TDD slots with transient periods are not under test.

3. Release the connection through State 3A-NB.

4. Modify system information elements according to Table 6.5.2.3F.4.3-1 and Table 6.5.2.3F.4.3-2 and notify the UE via paging message with SystemInformationModification included.

5. Ensure the UE is in State 2A-NB with CP CIoT Optimisation according to TS 36.508 [7] clause 8.1.5 using the new UL power control setting.

6. SS sends uplink scheduling information for UL HARQ process via NPDCCH DCI format 0 for C_RNTI to schedule the UL RMC according to Table 6.5.2.3F.4.1-1. Since the UE has no payload data to send, the UE transmits uplink MAC padding bits on the UL RMC.

7. Measure In-band emission using Global In-Channel Tx-Test (Annex E). For TDD slots with transient periods are not under test.

6.5.2.3F.4.3 Message contents

Message contents are according to TS 36.508 [7] subclause 8.1.6 with the following exceptions.

Table 6.5.2.3F.4.3-1: P0-NominalNPUSCH-r13 configuration for test point 2

Derivation Path: 36.508 clause 8.1.6.3 Table 8.1.6.3-14: UplinkPowerControlCommon-NB-DEFAULT
Information Element	Value/remark	Comment	Condition
UplinkPowerControlCommon-NB-DEFAULT ::= SEQUENCE {
p0-NominalNPUSCH-r13	-117 (dBm)
alpha-r13	al1 (1)
deltaPreambleMsg3-r13	4
}

Table 6.5.2.3F.4.3-2: NPDSCH-ConfigCommon-NB-DEFAULT configuration for test point 2

Derivation Path: 36.508 clause 8.1.6.3 Table 8.1.6.3-4: NPDSCH-ConfigCommon-NB-DEFAULT
Information Element	Value/remark	Comment	Condition
NPDSCH-ConfigCommon-NB-DEFAULT ::= SEQUENCE {
nrs-Power-r13	21 (dBm)
}

6.5.2.3F.5 Test requirement

Each of the 20 In-band emissions results, derived in [Annex E.4.3] shall not exceed the corresponding values in Table 6.5.2.3F.5-1 based on supported UE release version.

Table 6.5.2.3F.5-1: Test requirements for in-band emissions for UE category NB1 and NB2

Parameter description	Test point	Unit	Limit (NOTE 1)		Applicable Frequencies
General	1, 2	dB	+0.8		Any non-allocated (NOTE 2)
IQ Image		dB	-24.2		Image frequencies (NOTES 2, 3)
Carrier leakage	1	dBc	-24.2	0 dBm ≤ Output power f ≤ 3.0GHz: 3.2dBm ±3.2dB	Carrier frequency (NOTES 4, 5)
	2		-19.2	-30 dBm ≤ Output power ≤ 0 dBm f ≤ 3.0GHz: -26.8 dBm ±3.2dB
NOTE 1: An in-band emissions combined limit is evaluated in each non-allocated tone. For each such tone, the minimum requirement is calculated as the higher of P_tone– 30 dB and the power sum of all limit values (General, IQ Image or Carrier leakage) that apply. P_tone is defined in NOTE 10. NOTE 2: The measurement bandwidth is 1 tone and the limit is expressed as a ratio of measured power in one non-allocated tone to the measured average power per allocated tone, where the averaging is done across all allocated tones. NOTE 3: The applicable frequencies for this limit are those that are enclosed in the reflection of the allocated bandwidth, based on symmetry with respect to the centre carrier frequency, but excluding any allocated tones. NOTE 4: The measurement bandwidth is 1 tone and the limit is expressed as a ratio of measured power in one non-allocated tone to the measured total power in all allocated tones. NOTE 5: The applicable frequencies for this limit are those that are enclosed in the tones containing the DC frequency if is odd, or in the two tones immediately adjacent to the DC frequency if is even, but excluding any allocated tone. NOTE 6: is the Transmission Bandwidth (tones). NOTE 7: is the Transmission Bandwidth Configuration (tones). NOTE 8: is the starting frequency offset between the allocated tone and the measured non-allocated tone. (e.g. or for the first adjacent tone outside of the allocated bandwidth. NOTE 9: is the transmitted power per 3.75 kHz or 15 kHz in allocated tones, measured in dBm.

6.5.2.3G In-band emissions for non-allocated RB for V2X Communication

6.5.2.3G.1 In-band emissions for non-allocated RB for V2X Communication / Non-concurrent with E-UTRA uplink transmissions

6.5.2.3G.1.1 Test Purpose

The in-band emissions are a measure of the interference falling into the non-allocated resources blocks, this is to verify that the inband emissions of V2X sidelink non-concurrent with E-UTRAN uplink transmissions satisfy the minimum requirements listed in 6.5.2.3G.1.3.

6.5.2.3G.1.2 Test applicability

This test case applies to all types of UE that supports V2X Sidelink communication and Band 47.

6.5.2.3G.1.3 Minimum conformance requirements

The in-band emission is defined as the average across 12 sub-carrier and as a function of the RB offset from the edge of the allocated sidelink transmission bandwidth. The in-band emission is measured as the ratio of the UE output power in a non–allocated RB to the UE output power in an allocated RB.

The basic in-band emissions measurement interval is defined over one slot in the time domain When V2X transmissions are shortened due to transmission gap of 1 symbol at the end of the subframe, the In-band emissions measurement interval is reduced by one symbol, accordingly.

For V2X sidelink physical channels PSCCH, PSSCH and PSBCH, the In-band emissions requirements shall be as specified for PUSCH in subclause 36.101[2] 6.5.2.3 for the corresponding modulation and transmission bandwidth. For intra-band contiguous multi-carrier operation the in-band emission requirement of subclause 36.101 [2] 6.5.2.3 shall apply for each component carrier.

Consequently, the relative in-band emission of each sidelink physical channel shall not exceed the values specified in Tables 6.5.2.3G.1.3.

Table 6.5.2.3G.1.3-1: Minimum requirements for in-band emissions

Parameter description	Unit	Limit (NOTE 1)		Applicable Frequencies
General	dB	For Frame Structure Type 1 and Frame Structure Type 2: For Frame Structure Type 3 and 20 MHz channel bandwidth:		Any non-allocated (NOTE 2)
IQ Image	dB	-28	Image frequencies when carrier centre frequency < 1 GHz and Output power > 10 dBm	Image frequencies (NOTES 2, 3)
		-25	Image frequencies when carrier centre frequency < 1 GHz and Output power ≤ 10 dBm
		-25	Image frequencies when carrier centre frequency ≥ 1 GHz
Carrier leakage	dBc	-28	Output power > 10 dBm and carrier centre frequency < 1 GHz	Carrier frequency (NOTES 4, 5)
		-25	Output power > 10 dBm and carrier centre frequency ≥ 1 GHz
		-25	0 dBm ≤ Output power ≤10 dBm
		-20	-30 dBm ≤ Output power ≤ 0 dBm
		-10	-40 dBm ≤ Output power < -30 dBm
NOTE 1: An in-band emissions combined limit is evaluated in each non-allocated RB. For each such RB, the minimum requirement is calculated as the higher of P_RB– 30 dB and the power sum of all limit values (General, IQ Image or Carrier leakage) that apply. P_RB is defined in NOTE 10. NOTE 2: The measurement bandwidth is 1 RB and the limit is expressed as a ratio of measured power in one non-allocated RB to the measured average power per allocated RB, where the averaging is done across all allocated RBs. For Frame Structure Type 3 and 20 MHz channel bandwidth, the requirement applies with for any non-allocated RB andin the uplink scheduling grant with specified in [6]. NOTE 3: The applicable frequencies for this limit are those that are enclosed in the reflection of the allocated bandwidth, based on symmetry with respect to the centre carrier frequency, but excluding any allocated RBs. For Frame Structure Type 3 with 20 MHz channel bandwidth, the applicable frequency is . NOTE 4: The measurement bandwidth is 1 RB and the limit is expressed as a ratio of measured power in one non-allocated RB to the measured total power in all allocated RBs. For Frame Structure Type 3 and 20 MHz channel bandwidth, the requirement applies within the uplink scheduling grant. NOTE 5: The applicable frequencies for this limit are those that are enclosed in the RBs containing the DC frequency if is odd, or in the two RBs immediately adjacent to the DC frequency if is even, but excluding any allocated RB. NOTE 6: is the Transmission Bandwidth (see Figure 5.6-1). NOTE 7: is the Transmission Bandwidth Configuration (see Figure 5.6-1). NOTE 8: is the limit specified in Table 6.5.2.1.1-1 for the modulation format used in the allocated RBs. NOTE 9: is the starting frequency offset between the allocated RB and the measured non-allocated RB (e.g. or for the first adjacent RB outside of the allocated bandwidth. NOTE 10: is the transmitted power per 180 kHz in allocated RBs, measured in dBm. [NOTE 11: For V2V-V2X waveforms, the requirements are applied when PSSCH and PSCCH are adjacent in frequency. The limit values (General, IQ Image or Carrier leakage) of each channel is calculated separately as P_{general, PSSCH}, P_{IQ, PSSCH}, P_{LO, PSSCH}, P_{general, PSCCH}, P_{IQ, PSCCH}, P_{LO, PSCCH} ,respectively. In-band emissions combined limit is evaluated in each non-allocated RB. For each such RB, the minimum requirement is calculated as the higher of P_{RB, PSSCH}– 30 dB and the P_sumIBE._SSCH, where P_sumIBE._SSCH is the linear sum of P_{general, PSSCH}, P_{IQ, PSSCH}, P_{LO, PSSCH}, P_{general, PSCCH}, P_{IQ, PSCCH}, P_{LO, PSCCH}.] NOTE12: The requirement in this power range is not applicable for V2X sidelink transmission for E-UTRA V2X operating bands specified in Table 5.5G-1.

The normative reference for this requirement is TS 36.101 [2] clause 6.5.2G.3.

6.5.2.3G.1.4 Test description

6.5.2.3G.1.4.1 Initial conditions

Initial conditions are a set of test configurations the UE needs to be tested in and the steps for the SS to take with the UE to reach the correct measurement state.

The initial test configurations consist of environmental conditions, test frequencies, and channel bandwidths based on E-UTRA bands specified in sub-clause 5.2G. All of these configurations shall be tested with applicable test parameters for each channel bandwidth, and are shown in table 6.5.2.3G.1.4.1-1 and 6.5.2.3G.1.4.1-2. The details of the V2X reference measurement channels (RMCs) are specified in sub-clause A.8.3 and the GNSS configuration in TS 36.508 [7] subclause 4.11.

Table 6.5.2.3G.1.4.1-1: Test Configuration Table for PSSCH and PSCCH

Initial Conditions
Test Environment (as specified in TS 36.508 [7] subclause 4.1)		NC
Test Frequencies (as specified in TS36.508 [7] subclause 4.3.1)		Low range, Mid range, High range
Test Channel Bandwidths (as specified in subclause 5.4.2G)		Lowest, Highest
Test Parameters for Channel Bandwidths
	V2X Configuration to Transmit
Ch BW	Mod’n	PSSCH RB Allocation (Note 2)
10MHz	QPSK	12
20MHz	QPSK	18
Note 1: Test Channel Bandwidths are checked separately for each E-UTRA band, which applicable channel bandwidths are specified in specified in subclause 5.4.2G. Note 2: The test shall be performed with allocated sub-channel(s) at low and high end of the channel bandwidth respectively.

Table 6.5.2.3G.1.4.1-2: Test Configuration Table for PSBCH

Initial Conditions
Test Environment (as specified in TS 36.508 [7] subclause 4.1)		NC
Test Frequencies (as specified in TS36.508 [7] subclause 4.3.1)		Low range, Mid range, High range
Test Channel Bandwidths (as specified in subclause 5.4.2G)		Lowest, Highest
Test parameters for channel bandwidths
PSBCH Configuration
Ch BW	Mod’n		RB allocation
10MHz	QPSK		6
20MHz	QPSK		6
Note 1: Test Channel Bandwidths are checked separately for each E-UTRA band, which applicable channel bandwidths are specified in subclause 5.4.2G.

1. Connect the SS and GNSS simulator to the UE antenna connectors as shown in TS 36.508[7] Figure A.92.

2. The parameter settings for the V2X sidelink transmission over PC5 for both SS and UE are pre-configured according to TS 36.508 [7] subclause 4.10.1 with the exception specified in clause 6.5.2.3G.1.4.3.

3. The V2X reference measurement channel is set according to Table 6.5.2.3G.1.4.1-1

4. The GNSS simulator is configured for Scenario #1: static in Geographical area #1, as defined in TS36.508 [7] Table 4.11.2-2. Geographical area #1 is also pre-configured in the UE.

5. Propagation conditions are set according to Annex B.0;

6. Ensure the UE is in Side link State 5A-V2X in Transmit Mode, according to TS 36.508 [7] clause 4.5.9;

7. The GNSS simulator is triggered to start step 1 of Scenario #1 to simulate a location in the centre of Geographical area #1. Wait for the UE to acquire the GNSS signal and start to transmit.

6.5.2.3G.1.4.2 Test procedure

Test procedure for PSCCH+PSSCH:

[TP1: V2X UE output power > 0dBm]

1. Set the V2X sidelink communication parameters for both the V2X sidelink capable UE (hereinafter referred to as V2X UE) and SS according to SL-V2X-Preconfiguration in TS36.508[7] subclause 4.10.1 with the exception specified in table 6.5.2.3G.1.4.3-1;

2. V2X UE schedules the V2X RMC according to SL-V2X-Preconfiguration which is in line with the test configuration in Table 6.5.2.3G.1.4.1-1;

3. Measure the V2X UE output power to make sure V2X UE transmission power to be 4.3dBm+/-4.3dB for carrier frequency f > 5GHz;

4. Measure In-band emission using Global In-Channel Tx-Test (Annex E)

[TP2: V2X UE output power within (0 -30) dBm]

Repeat the above steps 1~4 with the exception that making sure V2X UE transmission power to be -25.5dBm+/-4.5dB for carrier frequency f > 5GHz in step3.

Test procedure for PSBCH

[TP1: V2X UE output power > 0dBm]

1. Set the V2X sidelink communication parameters for both the V2X sidelink capable UE (hereinafter referred to as V2X UE) and SS according to SL-V2X-Preconfiguration in TS36.508[7] subclause 4.10.1 with the exception specified in table 6.5.2.3G.1.4.3-3;

2. V2X UE schedules the SLSS/PSBCH according to SL-V2X-Preconfiguration which is in line with the test configuration in Table 6.5.2.3G.1.4.1-2;

3. Measure the V2X UE output power to make sure V2X UE transmission power to be 4.3dBm+/-4.3dB for carrier frequency f > 5GHz;

4. Measure In-band emission using Global In-Channel Tx-Test (Annex E)

[TP2: V2X UE output power within (0 -30) dBm]

Repeat the above steps 1~4 with the exception that making sure V2X UE transmission power to be -25.5dBm+/-4.5 dB for carrier frequency f > 5GHz in step3.

6.5.2.3G.1.4.3 Message contents

SL-V2X-Preconfiguration is according to TS 36.508 [7] Table 4.10.1.1-1 with the exceptions specified in Table 6.5.2.3G.1.4.3-1, Table 6.5.2.3G.1.4.3-2 and Table 6.5.2.3G.1.4.3-3:

Table 6.5.2.3G.1.4.3-1: SL-V2X-PreconfigFreqInfo-r14-DEFAULT

Derivation Path: 36.508 table 4.6.3-20K
Information Element	Value/remark	Comment	Condition
SL-V2X-PreconfigFreqInfo-r14-DEFAULT ::= SEQUENCE {
v2x-CommPreconfigGeneral-r14 SEQUENCE {		SL-PreconfigGeneral-r12
maxTxPower-r12	5		PSSCH+PSCCH TP1
maxTxPower-r12	-25		PSSCH+PSCCH TP2,
sl-bandwidth-r12	n50	10Mhz
sl-bandwidth-r12	n100	20Mhz
}
}
v2x-CommPreconfigSync-r14 SEQUENCE {		SL-PreconfigSync-r12
syncOffsetIndicators-r14 SEQUENCE {
syncOffsetIndicator1-r14	Not Present	Double synchronization signal transmission
}
}
v2x-CommRxPoolList-r14 SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxSL-V2X-RxPoolPreconf-r14)) OF SL-V2X-PreconfigCommPool-r14 {	1 entry
SL-V2X-PreconfigCommPool-r14[1]	SL-V2X-PreconfigCommPool-r14-DEFAULT using condition BITMAP_6 and exception listed in Table Table 6.5.2.3G.1.4.3-2
}
v2x-CommTxPoolList-r14 SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxSL-V2X-TxPoolPreconf-r14)) OF SL-V2X-PreconfigCommPool-r14 {
SL-V2X-PreconfigCommPool-r14[1]	SL-V2X-PreconfigCommPool-r14-DEFAULT using condition BITMAP_6 and exception listed in Table 6.5.2.3G.1.4.3-2
}
}

Table 6.5.2.3G.1.4.3-2: SL-V2X-PreconfigCommPool-r14-DEFAULT

Derivation Path: 36.508 clause Table 4.6.3-20J
Information Element	Value/remark	Comment	Condition
SL-CommResroucePoolV2X-r14-DEFAULT ::= SEQUENCE {
sl-Subframe-r14 CHOICE {
bs20-r14	11111111111111111111		BITMAP_6
}
startRB-Subchannel-r14	As required in the test configuration tables in subclause 6.5.2.3G.1.4.1	The starting resource block shall be RB #0 and RB# (max+1 – RB allocation) of the channel bandwidth.
dataTxParameters-r14 SEQUENCE {
p0-r12	31	It’s set to the maximum value to disable its effect on transmission power.
}
}

Table 6.5.2.3G.1.4.3-3: SL-V2X-PreconfigFreqInfo-r14-DEFAULT for PSBCH test

Derivation Path: 36.508 table 4.6.3-20K
Information Element	Value/remark	Comment	Condition
SL-V2X-PreconfigFreqInfo-r14-DEFAULT ::= SEQUENCE {
v2x-CommPreconfigGeneral-r14 SEQUENCE {		SL-PreconfigGeneral-r12
	5		PSBCH TP1
	-25		PSBCH TP2,
sl-bandwidth-r12	n50	10Mhz
	n100	20Mhz
}
v2x-CommPreconfigSync-r14 SEQUENCE {		SL-PreconfigSync-r12
syncOffsetIndicators-r14 SEQUENCE {
syncOffsetIndicator1-r14	0
syncOffsetIndicator2-r14	1
}
syncTxParameters-r14	31	It’s set to the maximum value to disable its effect on transmission power.
}
}

Condition	Explanation
BW10	10 MHz channel bandwidth cell environment
BW20	20 MHz channel bandwidth cell environment
PSSCH+PSCCH TPn	Test point n for PSCCH+PSSCH defined in the section of test procedure, n = 1,2
PSBCH TPn	Test point n for PSBCH defined in the section of test procedure, n = 1,2

6.5.2.3G.1.5 Test requirement

Each of the 20 In-band emissions results, derived in Annex E.4.3 shall not exceed the corresponding values in Tables 6.5.2.3G.1.5-1.

Table 6.5.2.3G.1.5-1: Test requirements for in-band emissions for UE in V2X sidelink communication

Parameter description	Unit	Limit (NOTE 1)		Applicable Frequencies
General	dB	For Frame Structure Type 1 and Frame Structure Type 2: +0.8		Any non-allocated (NOTE 2)
IQ Image	dB	-24.2	Image frequencies when carrier centre frequency ≥ 1 GHz	Image frequencies (NOTES 2, 3)
Carrier leakage		-24.2	Output power >10 dBm	Carrier frequency (NOTE 4,5)
Carrier leakage		-19.2	-30 dBm ≤ Output power ≤ 0 dBm	Carrier frequency (NOTE 4,5)
NOTE 1: An in-band emissions combined limit is evaluated in each non-allocated RB. For each such RB, the minimum requirement is calculated as the higher of P_RB– 30 dB and the power sum of all limit values (General, IQ Image or Carrier leakage) that apply. P_RB is defined in NOTE 10. NOTE 2: The measurement bandwidth is 1 RB and the limit is expressed as a ratio of measured power in one non-allocated RB to the measured average power per allocated RB, where the averaging is done across all allocated RBs. For Frame Structure Type 3 and 20 MHz channel bandwidth, the requirement applies with for any non-allocated RB andin the uplink scheduling grant with specified in [6]. NOTE 3: The applicable frequencies for this limit are those that are enclosed in the reflection of the allocated bandwidth, based on symmetry with respect to the centre carrier frequency, but excluding any allocated RBs. For Frame Structure Type 3 with 20 MHz channel bandwidth, the applicable frequency is . NOTE 4: The measurement bandwidth is 1 RB and the limit is expressed as a ratio of measured power in one non-allocated RB to the measured total power in all allocated RBs. For Frame Structure Type 3 and 20 MHz channel bandwidth, the requirement applies within the uplink scheduling grant. NOTE 5: The applicable frequencies for this limit are those that are enclosed in the RBs containing the DC frequency if is odd, or in the two RBs immediately adjacent to the DC frequency if is even, but excluding any allocated RB. NOTE 6: is the Transmission Bandwidth (see Figure 5.6-1). NOTE 7: is the Transmission Bandwidth Configuration (see Figure 5.6-1). NOTE 8: is the limit specified in Table 6.5.2.1.1-1 for the modulation format used in the allocated RBs. NOTE 9: is the starting frequency offset between the allocated RB and the measured non-allocated RB (e.g. or for the first adjacent RB outside of the allocated bandwidth. NOTE 10: is the transmitted power per 180 kHz in allocated RBs, measured in dBm. [NOTE 11: For V2V-V2X waveforms, the requirements are applied when PSSCH and PSCCH are adjacent in frequency. The limit values (General, IQ Image or Carrier leakage) of each channel is calculated separately as P_{general, PSSCH}, P_{IQ, PSSCH}, P_{LO, PSSCH}, P_{general, PSCCH}, P_{IQ, PSCCH}, P_{LO, PSCCH} ,respectively. In-band emissions combined limit is evaluated in each non-allocated RB. For each such RB, the minimum requirement is calculated as the higher of P_{RB, PSSCH}– 30 dB and the P_sumIBE._SSCH, where P_sumIBE._SSCH is the linear sum of P_{general, PSSCH}, P_{IQ, PSSCH}, P_{LO, PSSCH}, P_{general, PSCCH}, P_{IQ, PSCCH}, P_{LO, PSCCH}.] NOTE12: The requirement in this power range is not applicable for V2X sidelink transmission for E-UTRA V2X operating bands specified in Table 5.5G-1.

6.5.2.3G.2 In-band emissions for non-allocated RB for V2X Communication / Simultaneous E-UTRA V2X sidelink and E-UTRA uplink transmissions

6.5.2.3G.2.1 Test purpose

The in-band emissions are a measure of the interference falling into the non-allocated resources blocks, this is to verify that the inband emissions of V2X sidelink communication simultaneous with E-UTRA uplink/downlink satisfy the minimum requirements listed in 6.5.2.3G.2.3.

6.5.2.3G.2.2 Test Applicability

This test case applies to all types of E-UTRA UE release 14 and forward that supports V2X communication and is capable of V2X sidelink communication simultaneous with E-UTRA uplink/downlink.

6.5.2.3G.2.3 Minimum conformance requirements

When UE is configured for simultaneous E-UTRA V2X sidelink and E-UTRA uplink transmissions for inter-band E-UTRA V2X / E-UTRA bands specified in 36.101[2] Table 5.5G-2, the requirements in 36.101[2] subclause 6.5.2G apply for V2X sidelink transmission and the requirements in 36.101[2] subclause 6.5.2 apply for the E-UTRA uplink transmission.

For V2X sidelink physical channels PSCCH, PSSCH and PSBCH, the In-band emissions requirements shall be as specified for PUSCH in 36.101[2] subclause 6.5.2.3 for the corresponding modulation and transmission bandwidth. When V2X transmissions are shortened due to transmission gap of 1 symbol at the end of the subframe, the In-band emissions measurement interval is reduced by one symbol, accordingly.

Consequently, the relative in-band emission of each sidelink physical channel shall not exceed the values specified in Tables 6.5.2.3G.2.3-1.

Table 6.5.2.3G.2.3-1: Minimum requirements for in-band emissions

Parameter description	Unit	Limit (NOTE 1)		Applicable Frequencies
General	dB	For Frame Structure Type 1 and Frame Structure Type 2: For Frame Structure Type 3 and 20 MHz channel bandwidth:		Any non-allocated (NOTE 2)
IQ Image	dB	-28	Image frequencies when carrier centre frequency < 1 GHz and Output power > 10 dBm	Image frequencies (NOTES 2, 3)
		-25	Image frequencies when carrier centre frequency < 1 GHz and Output power ≤ 10 dBm
		-25	Image frequencies when carrier centre frequency ≥ 1 GHz
Carrier leakage	dBc	-28	Output power > 10 dBm and carrier centre frequency < 1 GHz	Carrier frequency (NOTES 4, 5)
		-25	Output power > 10 dBm and carrier centre frequency ≥ 1 GHz
		-25	0 dBm ≤ Output power ≤10 dBm
		-20	-30 dBm ≤ Output power ≤ 0 dBm
		-10	-40 dBm ≤ Output power < -30 dBm^{(NOTE 12)}
NOTE 1: An in-band emissions combined limit is evaluated in each non-allocated RB. For each such RB, the minimum requirement is calculated as the higher of P_RB– 30 dB and the power sum of all limit values (General, IQ Image or Carrier leakage) that apply. P_RB is defined in NOTE 10. NOTE 2: The measurement bandwidth is 1 RB and the limit is expressed as a ratio of measured power in one non-allocated RB to the measured average power per allocated RB, where the averaging is done across all allocated RBs. For Frame Structure Type 3 and 20 MHz channel bandwidth, the requirement applies with for any non-allocated RB andin the uplink scheduling grant with specified in [6]. NOTE 3: The applicable frequencies for this limit are those that are enclosed in the reflection of the allocated bandwidth, based on symmetry with respect to the centre carrier frequency, but excluding any allocated RBs. For Frame Structure Type 3 with 20 MHz channel bandwidth, the applicable frequency is . NOTE 4: The measurement bandwidth is 1 RB and the limit is expressed as a ratio of measured power in one non-allocated RB to the measured total power in all allocated RBs. For Frame Structure Type 3 and 20 MHz channel bandwidth, the requirement applies within the uplink scheduling grant. NOTE 5: The applicable frequencies for this limit are those that are enclosed in the RBs containing the DC frequency if is odd, or in the two RBs immediately adjacent to the DC frequency if is even, but excluding any allocated RB. NOTE 6: is the Transmission Bandwidth (see Figure 5.6-1). NOTE 7: is the Transmission Bandwidth Configuration (see Figure 5.6-1). NOTE 8: is the limit specified in Table 6.5.2.1.1-1 for the modulation format used in the allocated RBs. NOTE 9: is the starting frequency offset between the allocated RB and the measured non-allocated RB (e.g. or for the first adjacent RB outside of the allocated bandwidth. NOTE 10: is the transmitted power per 180 kHz in allocated RBs, measured in dBm. [NOTE 11: For V2V-V2X waveforms, the requirements are applied when PSSCH and PSCCH are adjacent in frequency. The limit values (General, IQ Image or Carrier leakage) of each channel is calculated separately as P_{general, PSSCH}, P_{IQ, PSSCH}, P_{LO, PSSCH}, P_{general, PSCCH}, P_{IQ, PSCCH}, P_{LO, PSCCH} ,respectively. In-band emissions combined limit is evaluated in each non-allocated RB. For each such RB, the minimum requirement is calculated as the higher of P_{RB, PSSCH}– 30 dB and the P_sumIBE._SSCH, where P_sumIBE._SSCH is the linear sum of P_{general, PSSCH}, P_{IQ, PSSCH}, P_{LO, PSSCH}, P_{general, PSCCH}, P_{IQ, PSCCH}, P_{LO, PSCCH}.] NOTE 12 The requirement in this power range is not applicable for V2X sidelink transmission for E-UTRA V2X operating bands specified in Table 5.5G-1.

The normative reference for this requirement is TS 36.101 [2] clause6.5.2G and 6.5.2G.3.

6.5.2.3G.2.4 Test description

6.5.2.3G.2.4.1 Initial conditions

Initial conditions are a set of test configurations the UE needs to be tested in and the steps for the SS to take with the UE to reach the correct measurement state.

The initial test configurations consist of environmental conditions, test frequencies, and CC combinations based on Inter-band con-current V2X configurations specified in table 5.4.2G.1-2. All of these configurations shall be tested with applicable test parameters for each channel bandwidth, and are shown in table 6.5.2.3G.2.4.1-1 and 6.5.2.3G.2.4.1-2. The details of the uplink and V2X reference measurement channels (RMCs) are specified in sub-clause A.2 and A.8.3 respectively. Configurations of PDSCH and PDCCH before measurement are specified in Annex C.2.

Table 6.5.2.3G.2.4.1-1: Test Configuration Table for PSSCH and PSCCH

Initial Conditions
Test Environment as specified in TS 36.508 [7] subclause 4.1			Normal
Test Frequencies as specified in TS 36.508 [7] subclause 4.3.1			Low range for Uplink and V2X Sidelink High range for Uplink and V2X Sidelink
Test Channel Bandwidths as specified in 5.4.2G			Lowest N_{RB_agg}, Highest N_{RB_agg}
Test Parameters for Channel Bandwidths
E-UTRA	Downlink	Uplink Configuration		V2X Configuration PSSCH and PSCCH
Ch BW	N/A for In-band emission test case	Mod’n	RB allocation (Note 2)	Ch BW	Mod’n	RB allocation (Note 4)
1.4 MHz		QPSK	1	10 MHz	QPSK	12
3 MHz		QPSK	4	20 MHz	QPSK	18
5 MHz		QPSK	8
10 MHz		QPSK	12
15 MHz		QPSK	16
20 MHz		QPSK	18
Note 1: V2X con-current band configurations are checked separately for each band configuration, which applicable aggregated channel bandwidths are specified in Table 5.4.2G.1-2. Note 2: The starting resource block for E-UTRA carrier and V2X carrier shall be RB #0+RB #0 and RB# (max+1 – RB allocation)+RB# (max+1 – RB allocation) of the channel bandwidth. Note 3: The Inter-band con-current V2X configurations and bandwidth combination sets in Table 5.4.2G.1-2, which UE supports, are tested across the uplink and v2x sidelink allocation combinations as above. Note 4: The test shall be performed with allocated sub-channel(s) at low and high end of the channel bandwidth respectively.

Table 6.5.2.3G.2.4.1-2: Test Configuration Table for PSBCH

Initial Conditions
Test Environment as specified in TS 36.508 [7] subclause 4.1			Normal
Test Frequencies as specified in TS 36.508 [7] subclause 4.3.1			Low range for Uplink and V2X Sidelink High range for Uplink and V2X Sidelink
Test Channel Bandwidths as specified in 5.4.2G			Lowest N_{RB_agg}, Highest N_{RB_agg}
Test Parameters for Channel Bandwidths
	Downlink	Uplink Configuration		V2X Configuration PSBCH
Ch BW	N/A for In-band emission test case	Mod’n	RB allocation	Ch BW	Mod’n	RB allocation
1.4 MHz		QPSK	1	10 MHz	QPSK	6
3 MHz		QPSK	4	20 MHz	QPSK	6
5 MHz		QPSK	8
10 MHz		QPSK	12
15 MHz		QPSK	16
20 MHz		QPSK	18
Note 1: Test Channel Bandwidths are checked separately for each E-UTRA band, the applicable channel bandwidths are specified in Table 5.4.2G.1-2. Note 2: The starting resource block for E-UTRA carrier shall be RB #0 and RB# (max+1 – RB allocation) of the channel bandwidth. Note 3: The Inter-band con-current V2X configurations and bandwidth combination sets in Table 5.4.2G.1-2, which UE supports, are tested across the uplink and v2x sidelink allocation combinations as above

1. Connect the SS to the UE antenna connectors as shown in TS 36.508 [7] Annex A, Figure A.93a.

2. The parameter settings for the cell are set up according to TS 36.508 [7] subclause 4.4.3. Message content exceptions are defined in clause 6.5.2.3G.2.4.3

3. Downlink signals are initially set up according to Annex C.0, C.1, and C.3.0, and uplink signals according to Annex H.1 and H.3.0.

4. The UL and V2X Reference Measurement Channels are set according to subclause 6.5.2.3G.2.4.1.

5. Propagation conditions are set according to Annex B.0.

6. Ensure the UE is in the state 3A-RF-V2X according to TS 36.508 [7] clause 5.2A.2C.

6.5.2.3G.2.4.2 Test procedure

Test procedure for PSCCH+PSSCH:

[TP1: V2X UE output power > 10dBm]

1. The SS configure the PSCCH and PSSCH transmission at the P_CMAX,c,V2X level of the corresponding test point to enable V2X sidelink transmission power at 4.3dBm+/-4.3dB for carrier frequency f > 5GHz.2. The SS simultaneously sends uplink scheduling information for each UL HARQ process via PDCCH DCI format 0 for C_RNTI to schedule the UL RMC and V2X scheduling information via PDCCH DCI format 5A for SL_V_RNTI to schedule the V2X RMC according to Table 6.5.2.3G.2.4.1-1. Since the UE has no payload and no loopback data to send the UE sends uplink MAC padding bits on the UL and V2X RMCs.

3. Send the appropriate TPC commands in the uplink scheduling information to the UE until UE E-UTRA uplink output power is 3.2 dBm+/-3.2dB for carrier frequency f ≤ 3.0GHz or 13.5dBm ±3.5 dB for carrier frequency 3.0GHz < f ≤ 4.2GHz.

4. Measure In-band emission using Global In-Channel Tx-Test (Annex E) on all the uplink and V2X sidelink carriers with PRB allocated. On E-UTRA carrier, the TDD slots with transient periods are not under test.

[TP2: V2X UE output power within (0,-30) dBm]

Repeat the above steps 1~4 with the exception in step3 that making sure UE E-UTRA uplink output power is -26.8 dBm ±3.2dB for carrier frequency f ≤ 3.0GHz or -26.5dBm ±3.5 dB for carrier frequency 3.0GHz < f ≤ 4.2GHz and the exception in step 1 that V2X sidelink transmission power is -25.5dBm+/-4.5 dB for carrier frequency f > 5GHz.

Test procedure for PSBCH

[TP1: V2X UE output power > 0dBm]

1. The SS configures PSBCH transmission at the P_CMAX,c,V2X level of the corresponding test point to enable V2X sidelink transmission power at 4.3dBm+/-4.3dB for carrier frequency f > 5GHz according to table 6.5.2.3G.2.4.3-3.

2. The SS sends uplink scheduling information for each UL HARQ process via PDCCH DCI format 0 for C_RNTI to schedule the UL RMC, Since the UE has no payload and no loopback data to send the UE sends uplink MAC padding bits on the UL.

3. Send the appropriate TPC commands in the uplink scheduling information to the UE until UE E-UTRA uplink output power is 3.2 dBm+/-3.2dB for carrier frequency f ≤ 3.0GHz or 3.5dBm ±3.5 dB for carrier frequency 3.0GHz < f ≤ 4.2GHz

4. Measure In-band emission using Global In-Channel Tx-Test (Annex E) on the uplink and V2X sidelink carrier with PRB allocated. On E-UTRA carrier, the TDD slots with transient periods are not under test.

[TP2: V2X UE output power within (0,-30) dBm]

Repeat the above steps 1~4 with the exception in step 3 that making sure UE E-UTRA uplink output power is -26.8 dBm ±3.2dB for carrier frequency f ≤ 3.0GHz or -26.5dBm ±3.5 dB for carrier frequency 3.0GHz < f ≤ 4.2GHz and the exception in step 1 that V2X UE transmission power is -25.5dBm+/-4.5 dB for carrier frequency f > 5GHz.

6.5.2.3G.2.4.3 Message contents

Message contents are according to TS 36.508 [7] subclause 4.6 with the following exceptions:

Table 6.5.2.3G.2.4.3-1: SL-PSSCH-TxConfig-r14-DEFAULT

Derivation Path: TS 36.508 [7] clause 4.6, Table 4.6.3-20F SL-PSSCH-TxConfig-r14-DEFAULT
Information Element	Value/remark	Comment	Condition
maxTxPower-r14	0		PSSCH+PSCCH TP1
maxTxPower-r14	-30		PSSCH+PSCCH TP2

Table 6.5.2.3G.2.4.3-2: SL-CommResourcePoolV2X-r14-DEFAULT

Derivation Path: TS 36.508 [7] clause 4.6, Table 4.6.3-20C: SL-CommResourcePoolV2X-r14-DEFAULT
Information Element	Value/remark	Comment	Condition
dataTxParameters-r14 SEQUENCE {
alpha-r12	a0
p0-r12	31
}

Table 6.5.2.3G.2.4.3-3: RRCConnectionReconfiguration (SideLink) for PSBCH test

Derivation Path: 36.508 table 4.6.1-8B
Information Element	Value/remark	Comment	Condition
RRCConnectionReconfiguration ::= SEQUENCE {
criticalExtensions CHOICE {
c1 CHOICE {
rrcConnectionReconfiguration-r8 SEQUENCE {
nonCriticalExtension SEQUENCE {
nonCriticalExtension SEQUENCE {
nonCriticalExtension SEQUENCE {
nonCriticalExtension SEQUENCE {
nonCriticalExtension SEQUENCE {
sl-SyncTxControl-r12 SEQUENCE {
networkControlledSyncTx-r12	on	This field indicates the UE shall transmit synchronisation information
}
nonCriticalExtension SEQUENCE {
nonCriticalExtension {
sl-V2X-ConfigDedicated-r14 SEQUENCE {
v2x-InterFreqInfoList-r14 SEQUENCE (SIZE (0..maxFreqV2X-1-r14)) OF SL-InterFreqInfoV2X-r14 {
sl-MaxTxPower-r14	0		PSBCH TP1
sl-MaxTxPower-r14	-30		PSBCH TP2
v2x-UE-ConfigList-r14 SEQUENCE (SIZE (1.. maxCellIntra)) OF SL-V2X-InterFreqUE-Config-r14 {
v2x-SyncConfig-r14 SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxSL-V2X-SyncConfig-r14)) OF SL-SyncConfigNFreq-r13 {
txParameters-r13 SEQUENCE {
syncTxParameters-r13 SEQUENCE {
alpha-r12	0
p0-r12	31
}
syncTxPeriodic-r13	true
}
}
}
}
}
}
}
}
}
}
}
}
}
}
}
}

6.5.2.3G.2.5 Test requirement

For E-UTRA uplink and V2X sidelink, each of the In-band emissions results, derived in Annex E.4.3 shall not exceed the corresponding values in Tables 6.5.2.3G.2.5-1.

Table 6.5.2.3G.2.5-1: Test requirements for in-band emissions for UE in V2X sidelink communication

Parameter description	Unit	Limit (NOTE 1)		Applicable Frequencies
General	dB	For Frame Structure Type 1 and Frame Structure Type 2: +0.8 For Frame Structure Type 3 and 20 MHz channel bandwidth:		Any non-allocated (NOTE 2)
IQ Image	dB	-27.2	Image frequencies when carrier centre frequency < 1 GHz and Output power > 10 dBm	Image frequencies (NOTES 2, 3)
		-24.2	Image frequencies when carrier centre frequency < 1 GHz and Output power ≤ 10 dBm
		-24.2	Image frequencies when carrier centre frequency ≥ 1 GHz
Carrier leakage	dBc	-27.2	Output power > 10 dBm and carrier centre frequency < 1 GHz	Carrier frequency (NOTES 4, 5)
		-24.2	Output power > 10 dBm and carrier centre frequency ≥ 1 GHz
		-24.2	0 dBm ≤ Output power ≤10 dBm
		-19.2	-30 dBm ≤ Output power ≤ 0 dBm
		-9.2	-40 dBm ≤ Output power < -30 dBm^{(NOTE 12)}
NOTE 1: An in-band emissions combined limit is evaluated in each non-allocated RB. For each such RB, the minimum requirement is calculated as the higher of P_RB– 30 dB and the power sum of all limit values (General, IQ Image or Carrier leakage) that apply. P_RB is defined in NOTE 10. NOTE 2: The measurement bandwidth is 1 RB and the limit is expressed as a ratio of measured power in one non-allocated RB to the measured average power per allocated RB, where the averaging is done across all allocated RBs. For Frame Structure Type 3 and 20 MHz channel bandwidth, the requirement applies with for any non-allocated RB andin the uplink scheduling grant with specified in [6]. NOTE 3: The applicable frequencies for this limit are those that are enclosed in the reflection of the allocated bandwidth, based on symmetry with respect to the centre carrier frequency, but excluding any allocated RBs. For Frame Structure Type 3 with 20 MHz channel bandwidth, the applicable frequency is . NOTE 4: The measurement bandwidth is 1 RB and the limit is expressed as a ratio of measured power in one non-allocated RB to the measured total power in all allocated RBs. For Frame Structure Type 3 and 20 MHz channel bandwidth, the requirement applies within the uplink scheduling grant. NOTE 5: The applicable frequencies for this limit are those that are enclosed in the RBs containing the DC frequency if is odd, or in the two RBs immediately adjacent to the DC frequency if is even, but excluding any allocated RB. NOTE 6: is the Transmission Bandwidth (see Figure 5.6-1). NOTE 7: is the Transmission Bandwidth Configuration (see Figure 5.6-1). NOTE 8: is the limit specified in Table 6.5.2.1.1-1 for the modulation format used in the allocated RBs. NOTE 9: is the starting frequency offset between the allocated RB and the measured non-allocated RB (e.g. or for the first adjacent RB outside of the allocated bandwidth. NOTE 10: is the transmitted power per 180 kHz in allocated RBs, measured in dBm. [NOTE 11: For V2V-V2X waveforms, the requirements are applied when PSSCH and PSCCH are adjacent in frequency. The limit values (General, IQ Image or Carrier leakage) of each channel is calculated separately as P_{general, PSSCH}, P_{IQ, PSSCH}, P_{LO, PSSCH}, P_{general, PSCCH}, P_{IQ, PSCCH}, P_{LO, PSCCH} ,respectively. In-band emissions combined limit is evaluated in each non-allocated RB. For each such RB, the minimum requirement is calculated as the higher of P_{RB, PSSCH}– 30 dB and the P_sumIBE._SSCH, where P_sumIBE._SSCH is the linear sum of P_{general, PSSCH}, P_{IQ, PSSCH}, P_{LO, PSSCH}, P_{general, PSCCH}, P_{IQ, PSCCH}, P_{LO, PSCCH}.] NOTE 12: The requirement in this power range is not applicable for V2X sidelink transmission for E-UTRA V2X operating bands specified in Table 5.5G-1.

6.5.2.3G.3 In-band emissions for non-allocated RB for V2X Communication / Intra-band contiguous MCC operation

6.5.2.3G.3.1 Test purpose

The in-band emissions are a measure of the interference falling into the non-allocated resources blocks, this is to verify that the inband emissions of V2X sidelink with intra-band contiguous MCC satisfy the minimum requirements listed in 6.5.2.3G.3.3.

6.5.2.3G.3.2 Test Applicability

This test case applies to all types of UE that supports Intra-band contiguous multi-carrier operation V2X Sidelink communication and Band 47.

6.5.2.3G.3.3 Minimum conformance requirements

For intra-band contiguous carrier aggregation bandwidth class B, the requirements in Table 6.5.2.3G.3.3-1 and 6.5.2.3G.3.3-2 apply within the aggregated transmission bandwidth configuration with both component carrier (s) active and one single contiguous PRB allocation of bandwidth at the edge of the aggregated transmission bandwidth configuration.

Table 6.5.2.3G.3.3-1: Minimum requirements for in-band emissions (allocated component carrier)

Parameter	Unit	Limit		Applicable Frequencies
General	dB			Any non-allocated (NOTE 2)
IQ Image	dB	-25		Exception for IQ image (NOTE 3)
Carrier leakage	dBc	-25	Output power > 0 dBm	Exception for Carrier frequency (NOTE 4)
		-20	-30 dBm ≤ Output power ≤ 0 dBm
		-10	-40 dBm ≤ Output power < -30 dBm
NOTE 1: An in-band emissions combined limit is evaluated in each non-allocated RB. For each such RB, the minimum requirement is calculated as the higher of P_RB – 30 dB and the power sum of all limit values (General, IQ Image or Carrier leakage) that apply. P_RB is defined in NOTE 9. The limit is evaluated in each non-allocated RB. NOTE 2: The measurement bandwidth is 1 RB and the limit is expressed as a ratio of measured power in one non-allocated RB to the measured average power per allocated RB, where the averaging is done across all allocated RBs NOTE 3: Exceptions to the general limit are allowed for up to +1 RBs within a contiguous width of +1 non-allocated RBs. The measurement bandwidth is 1 RB. NOTE 4: Exceptions to the general limit are allowed for up to two contiguous non-allocated RBs. The measurement bandwidth is 1 RB and the limit is expressed as a ratio of measured power in the non-allocated RB to the measured total power in all allocated RBs. NOTE 5: is the Transmission Bandwidth (see Figure 5.4.2-1) not exceeding NOTE 6: is the Transmission Bandwidth Configuration (see Figure 5.4.2-1) of the component carrier with RBs allocated. NOTE 7: is the limit specified in Table 6.5.2.1G.3-1 for the modulation format used in the allocated RBs. NOTE 8: is the starting frequency offset between the allocated RB and the measured non-allocated RB (e.g. or for the first adjacent RB outside of the allocated bandwidth). NOTE 9: is the transmitted power per 180 kHz in allocated RBs, measured in dBm. NOTE 10: For V2X intra-band contiguous multi-carrier operation the in-band emission requirement (General, IQ Image or Carrier leakage) of each channel is calculated separately as P_{general, PSSCH,c(i)}, P_{IQ, PSSCH,c(i)}, P_{LO, PSSCH,c(i)}, P_{general, PSCCH,c(i)}, P_{IQ, PSCCH,c(i)}, P_{LO, PSCCH,c(i)}for each carrier respectively. In-band emissions combined limit for the aggregated bandwidth is evaluated in each non-allocated RB. For each such RB, the minimum requirement is calculated as the P_sumIBE._CA, where P_sumIBE._CA is the linear sum of P_{general, PSSCH,c(i)}, P_{IQ, PSSCH,c(i)}, P_{LO, PSSCH,c(i)}, P_{general, PSCCH,c(i)}, P_{IQ, PSCCH,c(i)}, P_{LO, PSCCH,c(i)}for all carriers.

Table 6.5.2.3G.3.3-2: Minimum requirements for in-band emissions (not allocated component carrier)

Para-meter	Unit	Meas BW NOTE 1	Limit		remark	Applicable Frequencies
General	dB	BW of 1 RB (180KHz rectangular)			The reference value is the average power per allocated RB in the allocated component carrier	Any RB in the non allocated component carrier. The frequency raster of the RBs is derived when this component carrier is allocated with RBs
IQ Image	dB	BW of 1 RB (180KHz rectangular)	-25 (NOTE 2)		The reference value is the average power per allocated RB in the allocated component carrier	The frequencies of the contiguous non-allocated RBs are unknown. The frequency raster of the RBs is derived when this component carrier is allocated with RBs
Carrier leakage	dBc	BW of 1 RB (180KHz rectangular)	NOTE 3		The reference value is the total power of the allocated RBs in the allocated component carrier	The frequencies of the up to 2 non-allocated RBs are unknown. The frequency raster of the RBs is derived when this component carrier is allocated with RBs
			-25	Output power > 0 dBm
			-20	-30 dBm ≤ Output power ≤ 0 dBm
			-10	-40 dBm ≤ Output power < -30 dBm
NOTE1: Resolution BWs smaller than the measurement BW may be integrated to achieve the measurement bandwidth. NOTE 2: Exceptions to the general limit are allowed for up to +1 RBs within a contiguous width of +1 non-allocated RBs. NOTE 3: Two Exceptions to the general limit are allowed for up to two contiguous non-allocated RBs NOTE 4: NOTES 1, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9 from Table 6.5.2.3G.3.3-1 apply for Table 6.5.2.3G.3.3-2 as well. NOTE 5: for measured non-allocated RB in the non allocated component carrier may take non-integer values when the carrier spacing between the CCs is not a multiple of RB. NOTE 6: For V2X intra-band contiguous multi-carrier operation the in-band emission requirement (General, IQ Image or Carrier leakage) of each channel is calculated separately as P_{general, PSSCH,c(i)}, P_{IQ, PSSCH,c(i)}, P_{LO, PSSCH,c(i)}, P_{general, PSCCH,c(i)}, P_{IQ, PSCCH,c(i)}, P_{LO, PSCCH,c(i)}for each carrier respectively. In-band emissions combined limit for the aggregated bandwidth is evaluated in each non-allocated RB. For each such RB, the minimum requirement is calculated as the P_sumIBE._CA, where P_sumIBE._CA is the linear sum of P_{general, PSSCH,c(i)}, P_{IQ, PSSCH,c(i)}, P_{LO, PSSCH,c(i)}, P_{general, PSCCH,c(i)}, P_{IQ, PSCCH,c(i)}, P_{LO, PSCCH,c(i)}for all carriers.

The normative reference for this requirement is TS 36.101 [2] subclause 6.5.2G.3 and subclause 6.5.2A.3

6.5.2.3G.3.4 Test Description

6.5.2.3G.3.4.1 Initial Conditions

Initial conditions specify the set of UE parameters that UE needs be test in and the steps that SS should take with UE to reach the correct measurement state.

The initial test conditions consist of environment conditions, test frequencies and channel bandwidth based on E-UTRAN operating bands specified in table 5.4.2G.1-4 and propagation conditions. All these configurations shall be tested with applicable parameters for each channel bandwidth, and are shown in table 6.5.2.3G.3.4.1-1, the details of reference channel are specified in sub-clause A.8.3 and the reference GNSS configuration in TS 36.508 [7] subclause 4.11.

6.5.2.3G.3.4.1-1: Test Configuration Table

Initial Conditions
Test Environment as specified in TS 36.508 [7] subclause 4.1			NC
Test Frequencies as specified in TS 36.508 [7] subclause 4.3.1			Low range, High range
Test CC Combination setting(N_{RB_agg}) as specified in subclause 5.4.2G			Lowest N_{RB_agg}, Highest N_{RB_agg}
Test Parameters for Channel Bandwidths
V2X Multi-carrier Configuration		V2X PSSCH Allocation
CC1 N_RB	CC2 N_RB	CC1 & CC2 Mod		CC1 and CC2 RB Allocation
50	50	QPSK		12@2+0@0
50	50	QPSk		0@0+12@37

6.5.2.3G.3.4.1-2: Table Initial Conditions for PSBCH

Initial Conditions
Test Environment as specified in TS 36.508[7] subclause 4.1				NC
Test Frequencies as specified in TS 36.508 [7] subclause 4.3.1				Low range, Mid range , High range
Test CC Combination setting(N_{RB_agg}) as specified in subclause 5.4.2G				Lowest N_{RB_agg}, Highest N_{RB_agg}
Test Parameters for V2X MCC Configuration
V2X MCC Channel Bandwidth			V2X Sidelink PSBCH Configuration
Configuration ID	CC1 N_RB	CC2 N_RB	CC1 & CC2 Mod	RB allocation
1	50	50	QPSK	6

1. Connect the SS and GNSS simulator to UE antenna connectors according to the figure A.89a in TS 36.508 [7] Annex A.

1a. The GNSS simulator is configured for Scenario #1: static in Geographical area #1, as defined in TS36.508 [7] Table 4.11.2-2. Geographical area #1 is also pre-configured in the UE.

2. Propagation conditions are set according to Annex B.0.

3. Trigger the UE to reset UTC time. (NOTE: The UTC time reset may be performed by MMI or AT command (+CUTCR).)

4. The GNSS simulator is triggered to start step 1 of Scenario #1 to simulate a location in the centre of Geographical area #1. Wait for the UE to acquire the GNSS signal and start to transmit.

6.5.2.3G.3.4.2 Test Procedure

Test procedure for PSCCH+PSSCH:

[TP1: V2X UE output power > 0dBm]

1. Set the V2X sidelink communication parameters for both the V2X sidelink capable UE (hereinafter referred to as V2X UE) and SS according to SL-V2X-Preconfiguration in TS 36.508[7] subclause 4.10.1 with the exception specified in clause 6.5.2.3G.3.4.3-1;

2. Ensure the UE is in the Side link State 5A-V2X in Transmit Mode, according to TS 36.508 [7] clause 4.5.9. Message contents are defined in clause 6.5.2.3G.3.4.3

3. V2X UE schedules the V2X RMC according to SL-V2X-Preconfiguration in line with the test configuration in Table 6.5.2.3G.3.4.1-1;

4. Measure the V2X UE output power to make sure V2X UE transmission power to be 4.3dBm+/-4.3dB for carrier frequency f > 5GHz;

5. Measure In-band emission using Global In-Channel Tx-Test (Annex E) on the component carrier with PRB allocated, and measure the power spectrum density on the component carrier without PRB allocated.

[TP2: V2X UE output power within (0 -30) dBm]

Repeat the above steps 1~4 with the exception that making sure V2X UE transmission power to be -25.5dBm+/-4.5dB for carrier frequency f > 5GHz in step4.

Test procedure for PSBCH

[TP1: V2X UE output power > 0dBm]

1. Set the V2X sidelink communication parameters for both the V2X sidelink capable UE (hereinafter referred to as V2X UE) and SS according to SL-V2X-Preconfiguration in TS 36.508[7] subclause 4.10.1 with the exception specified in clause 6.5.2.3G.3.4.3;

2. V2X UE schedules the SLSS/PSBCH according to SL-V2X-Preconfiguration which is in line with the test configuration in Table 6.5.2.3G.3.4.1-2;

3. Measure the V2X UE output power to make sure V2X UE transmission power to be 4.3dBm+/-4.3dB for carrier frequency f > 5GHz;

4. Measure In-band emission using Global In-Channel Tx-Test (Annex E)

[TP2: V2X UE output power within (0 -30) dBm]

Repeat the above steps 1~4 with the exception that making sure V2X UE transmission power to be -25.5dBm+/-4.5 dB for carrier frequency f > 5GHz in step3.

6.5.2.3G.3.4.3 Message Contents

Message contents are according to TS 36.508 [7] subclause 4.10 Table Table 4.10.1.1-2 with the exceptions defined in clause 6.5.2.3G.1.4.3.:

6.5.2.3G.3.5 Test Requirement

Each of the 20 In-band emissions results, derived in Annex E.4.3 shall not exceed the corresponding values in Table 6.5.2.3G.3.5-1.

Table 6.5.2.3G.3.5-1: Test requirements for in-band emissions (allocated component carrier)

Parameter Description	Unit	Limit (Note 1)		Applicable Frequencies
General	dB	+0.8		Any non-allocated (Note 2)
IQ Image	dB	-24.2		Image frequencies (Note 3)
Carrier leakage	dBc	-24.2	Output power f ≤ 3.0GHz: 3.2dBm ±3.2dB 3.0GHz < f ≤ 4.2GHz: 3.5 dBm ±3.5dB 4.2GHz < f ≤ 6GHz: 4.3 dBm ±4.3dB	LO frequency (Note 4)
		-19.2	Output power f ≤ 3.0GHz: -26.8 dBm ±3.2dB 3.0GHz < f ≤ 4.2GHz: -26.5 dBm ±3.5dB 4.2GHz < f ≤ 6GHz: -25.5dBm±4.5dB
NOTE 1: An in-band emissions combined limit is evaluated in each non-allocated RB. For each such RB, the minimum requirement is calculated as the higher of P_RB – 30 dB and the power sum of all limit values (General, IQ Image or Carrier leakage) that apply. P_RB is defined in NOTE 9. The limit is evaluated in each non-allocated RB. NOTE 2: The measurement bandwidth is 1 RB and the limit is expressed as a ratio of measured power in one non-allocated RB to the measured average power per allocated RB, where the averaging is done across all allocated RBs NOTE 3: Exceptions to the general limit are allowed for up to +1 RBs within a contiguous width of +1 non-allocated RBs. The measurement bandwidth is 1 RB. NOTE 4: Exceptions to the general limit are allowed for up to two contiguous non-allocated RBs. The measurement bandwidth is 1 RB and the limit is expressed as a ratio of measured power in the non-allocated RB to the measured total power in all allocated RBs. NOTE 5: is the Transmission Bandwidth (see Figure 5.4.2-1) not exceeding NOTE 6: is the Transmission Bandwidth Configuration (see Figure 5.4.2-1) of the component carrier with RBs allocated. NOTE 7: is the limit specified in Table 6.5.2.1G.3-1 for the modulation format used in the allocated RBs. NOTE 8: is the starting frequency offset between the allocated RB and the measured non-allocated RB (e.g. or for the first adjacent RB outside of the allocated bandwidth). NOTE 9: is the transmitted power per 180 kHz in allocated RBs, measured in dBm. NOTE 10: For V2X intra-band contiguous multi-carrier operation the in-band emission requirement (General, IQ Image or Carrier leakage) of each channel is calculated separately as P_{general, PSSCH,c(i)}, P_{IQ, PSSCH,c(i)}, P_{LO, PSSCH,c(i)}, P_{general, PSCCH,c(i)}, P_{IQ, PSCCH,c(i)}, P_{LO, PSCCH,c(i)}for each carrier respectively. In-band emissions combined limit for the aggregated bandwidth is evaluated in each non-allocated RB. For each such RB, the minimum requirement is calculated as the P_sumIBE._CA, where P_sumIBE._CA is the linear sum of P_{general, PSSCH,c(i)}, P_{IQ, PSSCH,c(i)}, P_{LO, PSSCH,c(i)}, P_{general, PSCCH,c(i)}, P_{IQ, PSCCH,c(i)}, P_{LO, PSCCH,c(i)}for all carriers.

The in-band emissions results, measured with the spectral test shall not exceed the corresponding values in Table 6.5.2.3G.3.5-2

Table 6.5.2.3G.3.5-2: Test requirements for in-band emissions (not allocated component carrier)

Para-meter	Unit	Meas BW Note 1	Limit		remark	Applicable Frequencies
General	dB	BW of 1 RB (180KHz rectangular)	+0.8		The reference value is the average power per allocated RB in the allocated component carrier	Any RB in the non allocated component carrier. The frequency raster of the RBs is derived when this component carrier is allocated with RBs
IQ Image	dB	BW of 1 RB (180KHz rectangular)	-24.2 Note 2		The reference value is the average power per allocated RB in the allocated component carrier	The frequencies of thecontiguous non-allocated RBs are unknown. The frequency raster of the RBs is derived when this component carrier is allocated with RBs
Carrier leakage	dBc	BW of 1 RB (180KHz rectangular)	Note 3		The reference value is the total power of the allocated RBs in the allocated component carrier	The frequencies of the up to 2 non-allocated RBs are unknown. The frequency raster of the RBs is derived when this component carrier is allocated with RBs
			-24.2	Output power > 0 dBm
			-19.2	-30 dBm ≤ Output power ≤ 0 dBm
Note1: Resolution BWs smaller than the measurement BW may be integrated to achieve the measurement bandwidth. Note 2: Exceptions to the general limit are allowed for up to +1 RBs within a contiguous width of +1 non-allocated RBs. Note 3: Exceptions to the general limit are allowed for up to two contiguous non-allocated RBs. Note 4: Note s1, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10 from Table 6.5.2A.3.0-1 apply for Table 6.5.2A.3.0-2 as well. Note 5: for measured non-allocated RB in the non allocated component carrier may take non-integer values when the carrier spacing between the CCs is not a multiple of RB. NOTE 6: For V2X intra-band contiguous multi-carrier operation the in-band emission requirement (General, IQ Image or Carrier leakage) of each channel is calculated separately as P_{general, PSSCH,c(i)}, P_{IQ, PSSCH,c(i)}, P_{LO, PSSCH,c(i)}, P_{general, PSCCH,c(i)}, P_{IQ, PSCCH,c(i)}, P_{LO, PSCCH,c(i)}for each carrier respectively. In-band emissions combined limit for the aggregated bandwidth is evaluated in each non-allocated RB. For each such RB, the minimum requirement is calculated as the P_sumIBE._CA, where P_sumIBE._CA is the linear sum of P_{general, PSSCH,c(i)}, P_{IQ, PSSCH,c(i)}, P_{LO, PSSCH,c(i)}, P_{general, PSCCH,c(i)}, P_{IQ, PSCCH,c(i)}, P_{LO, PSCCH,c(i)}for all carriers.

6.5.2.4 EVM equalizer spectrum flatness

6.5.2.4.1 Test Purpose

The zero-forcing equalizer correction applied in the EVM measurement process (as described in Annex E) must meet a spectrum flatness requirement for the EVM measurement to be valid. The EVM equalizer spectrum flatness is defined in terms of the maximum peak-to-peak ripple of the equalizer coefficients (dB) across the allocated uplink block variation in dB of the equalizer coefficients generated by the EVM measurement process. The EVM equalizer spectrum flatness requirement does not limit the correction applied to the signal in the EVM measurement process but for the EVM result to be valid, the equalizer correction that was applied must meet the EVM equalizer spectrum flatness minimum requirements. The basic measurement interval is the same as for EVM.

6.5.2.4.2 Test applicability

This test case applies to all types of E-UTRA UE release 8 and forward.

6.5.2.4.3 Minimum conformance requirements

The peak-to-peak variation of the EVM equalizer coefficients contained within the frequency range of the uplink allocation shall not exceed the maximum ripple. The EVM equalizer spectrum flatness shall not exceed the values specified in Table 6.5.2.4.3-1 for normal conditions. For uplink allocations contained within both Range 1 and Range 2, the coefficients evaluated within each of these frequency ranges shall meet the corresponding ripple requirement and the following additional requirement: the relative difference between the maximum coefficient in Range 1 and the minimum coefficient in Range 2 must not be larger than 5 dB, and the relative difference between the maximum coefficient in Range 2 and the minimum coefficient in Range 1 must not be larger than 7 dB (see Figure 6.5.2.4.3-1).

The EVM equalizer spectrum flatness shall not exceed the values specified in Table 6.5.2.4.3-2 for extreme conditions. For uplink allocations contained within both Range 1 and Range 2, the coefficients evaluated within each of these frequency ranges shall meet the corresponding ripple requirement and the following additional requirement: the relative difference between the maximum coefficient in Range 1 and the minimum coefficient in Range 2 must not be larger than 6 dB, and the relative difference between the maximum coefficient in Range 2 and the minimum coefficient in Range 1 must not be larger than 10 dB (see Figure 6.5.2.4.3-1).

Table 6.5.2.4.3-1: Minimum requirements for EVM equalizer spectrum flatness (normal conditions)

Frequency Range	Maximum Ripple [dB]
F_{UL_Meas}– F_{UL_Low}≥ 3 MHz and F_{UL_High}– F_{UL_Meas}≥ 3 MHz (Range 1)	4 (p-p)
F_{UL_Meas}– F_{UL_Low}< 3 MHz or F_{UL_High} – F_{UL_Meas}< 3 MHz (Range 2)	8 (p-p)
Note 1: F_{UL_Meas}refers to the sub-carrier frequency for which the equalizer coefficient is evaluated Note 2: F_{UL_Low} and F_{UL_High} refer to each E-UTRA frequency band specified in Table 5.2-1

Table 6.5.2.4.3-2: Minimum requirements for EVM equalizer spectrum flatness (extreme conditions)

F_{UL_Meas}– F_{UL_Low}≥ 5 MHz and F_{UL_High}– F_{UL_Meas}≥ 5 MHz

(Range 1)

4 (p-p)

F_{UL_Meas}– F_{UL_Low}< 5 MHz or F_{UL_High} – F_{UL_Meas}< 5 MHz

(Range 2)

12 (p-p)

Note 1: F_{UL_Meas}refers to the sub-carrier frequency for which the equalizer coefficient is evaluated

Note 2: F_{UL_Low} and F_{UL_High} refer to each E-UTRA frequency band specified in Table 5.2-1

Figure 6.5.2.4.3-1: The limits for EVM equalizer spectrum flatness with the maximum allowed variation of the coefficients indicated (the ETC minimum requirement within brackets)

The normative reference for this requirement is TS 36.101 clause 6.5.2.4.1.

6.5.2.4.4 Test description

6.5.2.4.4.1 Initial conditions

Initial conditions are a set of test configurations the UE needs to be tested in and the steps for the SS to take with the UE to reach the correct measurement state.

The initial test configurations consist of environmental conditions, test frequencies, and channel bandwidths based on E-UTRA bands specified in table 5.4.2.1-1. All of these configurations shall be tested with applicable test parameters for each channel bandwidth, and are shown in table 6.4.2.4.4.1-1. The details of the uplink reference measurement channels (RMCs) are specified in A.2. Configurations of PDSCH and PDCCH before measurement are specified in Annex C.2.

Table 6.5.2.4.4.1-1: Test Configuration Table

Initial Conditions
Test Environment (as specified in TS 36.508 [7] subclause 4.1)		See Table 6.5.1.4.1-1
Test Frequencies (as specified in TS36.508 [7] subclause 4.3.1)		See Table 6.5.1.4.1-1
Test Channel Bandwidths (as specified in TS 36.508 [7] subclause 4.3.1)		See Table 6.5.1.4.1-1
Test Parameters for Channel Bandwidths
	Downlink Configuration	Uplink Configuration
Ch BW	N/A for EVM equalizer spectrum flatness testing	Mod’n	RB allocation
			FDD	TDD
1.4MHz		QPSK	6	6
3MHz		QPSK	15	15
5MHz		QPSK	25	25
10MHz		QPSK	50	50
15MHz		QPSK	75	75
20MHz		QPSK	100	100
Note 1: Test Channel Bandwidths are checked separately for each E-UTRA band, which applicable channel bandwidths are specified in Table 5.4.2.1-1.

1. Connect the SS to the UE antenna connectors as shown in TS 36.508 [7] Figure A.3.

2. The parameter settings for the cell are set up according to TS 36.508 [7] subclause 4.4.3.

3. Downlink signals are initially set up according to Annex C0, C.1 and C.3.0, and uplink signals according to Annex H.1 and H.3.0.

4. The UL Reference Measurement channels are set according to in Table 6.5.2.4.4.1-1.

5. Propagation conditions are set according to Annex B.0

6. Ensure the UE is in State 3A-RF according to TS 36.508 [7] clause 5.2A.2. Message contents are defined in clause 6.5.2.4.4.3.

6.5.2.4.4.2 Test procedure

1. SS sends uplink scheduling information for each UL HARQ process via PDCCH DCI format 0 for C_RNTI to schedule the UL RMC according to Table 6.5.2.4.4.1-1. Since the UE has no payload and no loopback data to send the UE sends uplink MAC padding bits on the UL RMC

2. Send continuously uplink power control "up" commands in the uplink scheduling information to the UE until the UE transmits at P_UMAXlevel.

3. Measure spectrum flatness using Global In-Channel Tx-Test (Annex E). For TDD slots with transient periods are not under test.

6.5.2.4.4.3 Message contents

Message contents are according to TS 36.508 [7] subclause 4.6.

6.5.2.4.5 Test requirement

Each of the 20 spectrum flatness functions, shall derive four ripple results in Annex E.4.4, The derived results shall not exceed the values in Figure 6.5.2.4.5-1:

For normal conditions, the maximum ripple in Range 1 and Range 2 shall not exceed the values specified in Table 6.5.2.4.5-1 and the following additional requirement: the relative difference between the maximum coefficient in Range 1 and the minimum coefficient in Range 2 must not be larger than 6.4 dB, and the relative difference between the maximum coefficient in Range 2 and the minimum coefficient in Range 1 must not be larger than 8.4 dB (see Figure 6.5.2.4.5-1).

For extreme conditions, the maximum ripple in Range 1 and Range 2 shall not exceed the values specified in Table 6.5.2.4.5-2 and the following additional requirement: the relative difference between the maximum coefficient in Range 1 and the minimum coefficient in Range 2 must not be larger than 7.4 dB, and the relative difference between the maximum coefficient in Range 2 and the minimum coefficient in Range 1 must not be larger than 11.4 dB (see Figure 6.5.2.4.5-1).

Table 6.5.2.4.5-1: Test requirements for EVM equalizer spectrum flatness (normal conditions)

Frequency Range	Maximum Ripple [dB]
F_{UL_Meas}– F_{UL_Low}≥ 3 MHz and F_{UL_High}– F_{UL_Meas}≥ 3 MHz (Range 1)	5.4 (p-p)
F_{UL_Meas}– F_{UL_Low}< 3 MHz or F_{UL_High} – F_{UL_Meas}< 3 MHz (Range 2)	9.4 (p-p)
Note 1: F_{UL_Meas}refers to the sub-carrier frequency for which the equalizer coefficient is evaluated Note 2: F_{UL_Low} and F_{UL_High} refer to each E-UTRA frequency band specified in Table 5.2-1

Table 6.5.2.4.5-2: Test requirements for spectrum flatness (extreme conditions)

Frequency Range	Maximum Ripple [dB]
F_{UL_Meas}– F_{UL_Low}≥ 5 MHz and F_{UL_High}– F_{UL_Meas}≥ 5 MHz (Range 1)	5.4 (p-p)
F_{UL_Meas}– F_{UL_Low}< 5 MHz or F_{UL_High} – F_{UL_Meas}< 5 MHz (Range 2)	13.4 (p-p)
Note 1: F_{UL_Meas}refers to the sub-carrier frequency for which the equalizer coefficient is evaluated Note 2: F_{UL_Low} and F_{UL_High} refer to each E-UTRA frequency band specified in Table 5.2-1

Figure 6.5.2.4.5-1: The limits for EVM equalizer spectrum flatness with the maximum allowed variation of the coefficients indicated (the ETC minimum requirement within brackets)

6.5.2.4E EVM equalizer spectrum flatness for UE category 0

6.5.2.4E.1 Test Purpose

Same test purpose as in clause 6.5.2.4.1.

6.5.2.4E.2 Test applicability

This test case applies to all types of E-UTRA UE release 12 and forward of UE category 0.

6.5.2.4E.3 Minimum conformance requirements

Same minimum conformance requirements as in clause 6.5.2.4.3.

6.5.2.4E.4 Test description

6.5.2.4E.4.1 Initial conditions

Same initial conditions as in clause 6.5.2.4.4.1 with following exceptions:

– Instead of Table 6.5.2.4.4.1-1 🡪 use Table 6.5.2.4E.4.1-1.

– Connect SS to the UE antenna connectors as shown in TS 36.508[7] Annex A Figure A.3 using only main UE Tx/Rx antenna.

Table 6.5.2.4E.4.1-1: Test Configuration Table

Initial Conditions
Test Environment (as specified in TS 36.508 [7] subclause 4.1)		See Table 6.5.1.4.1-1
Test Frequencies (as specified in TS36.508 [7] subclause 4.3.1)		See Table 6.5.1.4.1-1
Test Channel Bandwidths (as specified in TS 36.508 [7] subclause 4.3.1)		See Table 6.5.1.4.1-1
Test Parameters for Channel Bandwidths
	Downlink Configuration	Uplink Configuration
Ch BW	N/A for EVM equalizer spectrum flatness testing	Mod’n	RB allocation
			FDD and HD-FDD	TDD
1.4MHz		QPSK	6	6
3MHz		QPSK	15	15
5MHz		QPSK	25	25
10MHz		QPSK	36	36
15MHz		QPSK	36	36
20MHz		QPSK	36	36
Note 1: Test Channel Bandwidths are checked separately for each E-UTRA band, which applicable channel bandwidths are specified in Table 5.4.2.1-1.

6.5.2.4E.4.2 Test procedure

Same test procedure as in clause 6.5.2.4.4.2 with following exception for HD-FDD:

– In step 3, slots with transient periods are not under test. Half-duplex guard sub frame are not under test.

6.5.2.4E.4.3 Message contents

Message contents are according to TS 36.508 [7] subclause 4.6.

6.5.2.4E.5 Test requirement

Each of the 20 spectrum flatness functions, shall derive four ripple results in Annex E.4.4, The derived results shall not exceed the values in Figure 6.5.2.4E.5-1:

For normal conditions, the maximum ripple in Range 1 and Range 2 shall not exceed the values specified in Table 6.5.2.4E.5-1 and the following additional requirement: the relative difference between the maximum coefficient in Range 1 and the minimum coefficient in Range 2 must not be larger than 6.4 dB, and the relative difference between the maximum coefficient in Range 2 and the minimum coefficient in Range 1 must not be larger than 8.4 dB (see Figure 6.5.2.4E.5-1).

For extreme conditions, the maximum ripple in Range 1 and Range 2 shall not exceed the values specified in Table 6.5.2.4E.5-2 and the following additional requirement: the relative difference between the maximum coefficient in Range 1 and the minimum coefficient in Range 2 must not be larger than 7.4 dB, and the relative difference between the maximum coefficient in Range 2 and the minimum coefficient in Range 1 must not be larger than 11.4 dB (see Figure 6.5.2.4E.5-1).

Table 6.5.2.4E.5-1: Test requirements for EVM equalizer spectrum flatness (normal conditions)

Frequency Range	Maximum Ripple [dB]
F_{UL_Meas}– F_{UL_Low}≥ 3 MHz and F_{UL_High}– F_{UL_Meas}≥ 3 MHz (Range 1)	5.4 (p-p)
F_{UL_Meas}– F_{UL_Low}< 3 MHz or F_{UL_High} – F_{UL_Meas}< 3 MHz (Range 2)	9.4 (p-p)
Note 1: F_{UL_Meas}refers to the sub-carrier frequency for which the equalizer coefficient is evaluated Note 2: F_{UL_Low} and F_{UL_High} refer to each E-UTRA frequency band specified in Table 5.2-1

Table 6.5.2.4E.5-2: Test requirements for spectrum flatness (extreme conditions)

Frequency Range	Maximum Ripple [dB]
F_{UL_Meas}– F_{UL_Low}≥ 5 MHz and F_{UL_High}– F_{UL_Meas}≥ 5 MHz (Range 1)	5.4 (p-p)
F_{UL_Meas}– F_{UL_Low}< 5 MHz or F_{UL_High} – F_{UL_Meas}< 5 MHz (Range 2)	13.4 (p-p)
Note 1: F_{UL_Meas}refers to the sub-carrier frequency for which the equalizer coefficient is evaluated Note 2: F_{UL_Low} and F_{UL_High} refer to each E-UTRA frequency band specified in Table 5.2-1

Figure 6.5.2.4E.5-1: The limits for EVM equalizer spectrum flatness with the maximum allowed variation of the coefficients indicated (the ETC minimum requirement within brackets)

6.5.2.4EA EVM equalizer spectrum flatness for UE category M1

6.5.2.4EA.1 Test Purpose

Same test purpose as in clause 6.5.2.4.1.

6.5.2.4EA.2 Test applicability

This test case applies to all types of E-UTRA UE release 13 and forward of UE category M1.

6.5.2.4EA.3 Minimum conformance requirements

Same minimum conformance requirements as in clause 6.5.2.4.3.

6.5.2.4EA.4 Test description

6.5.2.4EA.4.1 Initial conditions

Initial conditions are a set of test configurations the UE needs to be tested in and the steps for the SS to take with the UE to reach the correct measurement state.

The initial test configurations consist of environmental conditions, test frequencies, and channel bandwidths based on E-UTRA bands specified in sub-clause 5.2E. All of these configurations shall be tested with applicable test parameters for each channel bandwidth, and are shown in table 6.4.2.4EA.4.1-1. The details of the uplink reference measurement channels (RMCs) are specified in A.2. Configurations of PDSCH and MPDCCH before measurement are specified in Annex C.2

Table 6.5.2.4EA.4.1-1: Test Configuration Table

Initial Conditions
Test Environment (as specified in TS 36.508 [7] subclause 4.1)		See Table 6.5.1.4.1-1
Test Frequencies (as specified in TS36.508 [7] subclause 4.3.1)		See Table 6.5.1.4.1-1
Test Channel Bandwidths (as specified in TS 36.508 [7] subclause 4.3.1)		5MHz
Test Parameters for Channel Bandwidths and Narrowband positions
	Downlink Configuration	Uplink Configuration
Ch BW	N/A for EVM equalizer spectrum flatness testing	Mod’n	RB allocation
			FDD and HD-FDD	TDD	Narrowband index¹
5MHz		QPSK	6	6	0
Note 1: Denotes where in the channel Bandwidth the narrowband shall be placed. Narrowband and Narrowband index are defined in TS36.211, 5.2.4

1. Connect the SS to the UE antenna connectors as shown in TS 36.508 [7] Figure A.3 using only main UE Tx/Rx antenna.

2. The parameter settings for the cell are set up according to TS 36.508 [7] subclause 4.4.3.

3. Downlink signals are initially set up according to Annex C0, C.1 and C.3.0, and uplink signals according to Annex H.1 and H.3.0.

4. The UL Reference Measurement channels are set according to in Table 6.5.2.4EA.4.1-1.

5. Propagation conditions are set according to Annex B.0

6. Ensure the UE is in State 3A-RF-CE according to TS 36.508 [7] clause 5.2A.2AA. Message contents are defined in clause 6.5.2.4EA.4.3.

6.5.2.4EA.4.2 Test procedure

1. SS sends uplink scheduling information for each UL HARQ process via MPDCCH DCI format 6-0A for C_RNTI to schedule the UL RMC according to Table 6.5.2.4EA.4.1-1. Since the UE has no payload and no loopback data to send the UE sends uplink MAC padding bits on the UL RMC

2. Send continuously uplink power control "up" commands in the uplink scheduling information to the UE until the UE transmits at P_UMAXlevel.

3. Measure spectrum flatness using Global In-Channel Tx-Test (Annex E). For TDD slots with transient periods are not under test. For HD-FDD slots with transient periods are not under test. Half-duplex guard sub frame are not under test.

6.5.2.4EA.4.3 Message contents

Message contents are according to TS 36.508 [7] subclause 4.6 with the condition CEModeA.

6.5.2.4EA.5 Test requirement

Each of the 20 spectrum flatness functions, shall derive four ripple results in Annex E.4.4, The derived results shall not exceed the values in Figure 6.5.2.4EA.5-1:

For normal conditions, the maximum ripple in Range 1 and Range 2 shall not exceed the values specified in Table 6.5.2.4EA.5-1 and the following additional requirement: the relative difference between the maximum coefficient in Range 1 and the minimum coefficient in Range 2 must not be larger than 6.4 dB, and the relative difference between the maximum coefficient in Range 2 and the minimum coefficient in Range 1 must not be larger than 8.4 dB (see Figure 6.5.2.4EA.5-1).

For extreme conditions, the maximum ripple in Range 1 and Range 2 shall not exceed the values specified in Table 6.5.2.4EA.5-2 and the following additional requirement: the relative difference between the maximum coefficient in Range 1 and the minimum coefficient in Range 2 must not be larger than 7.4 dB, and the relative difference between the maximum coefficient in Range 2 and the minimum coefficient in Range 1 must not be larger than 11.4 dB (see Figure 6.5.2.4EA.5-1).

Table 6.5.2.4EA.5-1: Test requirements for EVM equalizer spectrum flatness (normal conditions)

Frequency Range	Maximum Ripple [dB]
F_{UL_Meas}– F_{UL_Low}≥ 3 MHz and F_{UL_High}– F_{UL_Meas}≥ 3 MHz (Range 1)	5.4 (p-p)
F_{UL_Meas}– F_{UL_Low}< 3 MHz or F_{UL_High} – F_{UL_Meas}< 3 MHz (Range 2)	9.4 (p-p)
Note 1: F_{UL_Meas}refers to the sub-carrier frequency for which the equalizer coefficient is evaluated Note 2: F_{UL_Low} and F_{UL_High} refer to each E-UTRA frequency band specified in Table 5.2-1

Table 6.5.2.4EA.5-2: Test requirements for spectrum flatness (extreme conditions)

Frequency Range	Maximum Ripple [dB]
F_{UL_Meas}– F_{UL_Low}≥ 5 MHz and F_{UL_High}– F_{UL_Meas}≥ 5 MHz (Range 1)	5.4 (p-p)
F_{UL_Meas}– F_{UL_Low}< 5 MHz or F_{UL_High} – F_{UL_Meas}< 5 MHz (Range 2)	13.4 (p-p)
Note 1: F_{UL_Meas}refers to the sub-carrier frequency for which the equalizer coefficient is evaluated Note 2: F_{UL_Low} and F_{UL_High} refer to each E-UTRA frequency band specified in Table 5.2-1

Figure 6.5.2.4EA.5-1: The limits for EVM equalizer spectrum flatness with the maximum allowed variation of the coefficients indicated (the ETC minimum requirement within brackets)

6.5.2.4EB EVM equalizer spectrum flatness for UE category 1bis

6.5.2.4EB.1 Test purpose

Same test purpose as in clause 6.5.2.4.

6.5.2.4EB.2 Test applicability

This test applies to all types of E-UTRA UE release 13 and forward of UE category 1bis.

6.5.2.4EB.3 Minimum conformance requirements

Same minimum conformance requirements as in clause 6.5.2.4.3.

6.5.2.4EB.4 Test description

6.5.2.4EB.4.1 Initial conditions

Same initial conditions as in clause 6.5.2.4.4.1 with the following exception:

– Connect the SS to the UE antenna connectors as shown in TS 36.508[7] Annex A Figure A.3 using only main UE Tx/Rx antenna.

6.5.2.4EB.4.2 Test procedure

Same test procedure as in clause 6.5.2.4.4.2.

6.5.2.4EB.4.3 Message contents

Same message contents as in clause 6.5.2.4.4.3.

6.5.2.4EB.5 Test requirement

Each of the 20 spectrum flatness functions, shall derive four ripple results in Annex E.4.4, The derived results shall not exceed the values in Figure 6.5.2.4EB.5-1:

For normal conditions, the maximum ripple in Range 1 and Range 2 shall not exceed the values specified in Table 6.5.2.4EB.5-1 and the following additional requirement: the relative difference between the maximum coefficient in Range 1 and the minimum coefficient in Range 2 must not be larger than 6.4 dB, and the relative difference between the maximum coefficient in Range 2 and the minimum coefficient in Range 1 must not be larger than 8.4 dB (see Figure 6.5.2.4EB.5-1).

For extreme conditions, the maximum ripple in Range 1 and Range 2 shall not exceed the values specified in Table 6.5.2.4EB.5-2 and the following additional requirement: the relative difference between the maximum coefficient in Range 1 and the minimum coefficient in Range 2 must not be larger than 7.4 dB, and the relative difference between the maximum coefficient in Range 2 and the minimum coefficient in Range 1 must not be larger than 11.4 dB (see Figure 6.5.2.4EB.5-1).

Table 6.5.2.4EB.5-1: Test requirements for EVM equalizer spectrum flatness (normal conditions)

Frequency Range	Maximum Ripple [dB]
F_{UL_Meas}– F_{UL_Low}≥ 3 MHz and F_{UL_High}– F_{UL_Meas}≥ 3 MHz (Range 1)	5.4 (p-p)
F_{UL_Meas}– F_{UL_Low}< 3 MHz or F_{UL_High} – F_{UL_Meas}< 3 MHz (Range 2)	9.4 (p-p)
Note 1: F_{UL_Meas}refers to the sub-carrier frequency for which the equalizer coefficient is evaluated Note 2: F_{UL_Low} and F_{UL_High} refer to each E-UTRA frequency band specified in Table 5.2-1

Table 6.5.2.4EB.5-2: Test requirements for spectrum flatness (extreme conditions)

Frequency Range	Maximum Ripple [dB]
F_{UL_Meas}– F_{UL_Low}≥ 5 MHz and F_{UL_High}– F_{UL_Meas}≥ 5 MHz (Range 1)	5.4 (p-p)
F_{UL_Meas}– F_{UL_Low}< 5 MHz or F_{UL_High} – F_{UL_Meas}< 5 MHz (Range 2)	13.4 (p-p)
Note 1: F_{UL_Meas}refers to the sub-carrier frequency for which the equalizer coefficient is evaluated Note 2: F_{UL_Low} and F_{UL_High} refer to each E-UTRA frequency band specified in Table 5.2-1

Figure 6.5.2.4EB.5-1: The limits for EVM equalizer spectrum flatness with the maximum allowed variation of the coefficients indicated (the ETC minimum requirement within brackets)

6.5.2.4EC EVM equalizer spectrum flatness for UE category M2

6.5.2.4EC.1 Test Purpose

Same test purpose as in clause 6.5.2.4.1.

6.5.2.4EC.2 Test applicability

This test case applies to all types of E-UTRA UE release 14 and forward of UE category M2.

6.5.2.4EC.3 Minimum conformance requirements

Same minimum conformance requirements as in clause 6.5.2.4.3.

6.5.2.4EC.4 Test description

6.5.2.4EC.4.1 Initial conditions

Initial conditions are a set of test configurations the UE needs to be tested in and the steps for the SS to take with the UE to reach the correct measurement state.

The initial test configurations consist of environmental conditions, test frequencies, and channel bandwidths based on E-UTRA bands specified in sub-clause 5.2E. All of these configurations shall be tested with applicable test parameters for each channel bandwidth, and are shown in table 6.5.2.4EC.4.1-1. The details of the uplink reference measurement channels (RMCs) are specified in A.2. Configurations of PDSCH and MPDCCH before measurement are specified in Annex C.2

Table 6.5.2.4EC.4.1-1: Test Configuration Table

Initial Conditions
Test Environment (as specified in TS 36.508 [7] subclause 4.1)		NC, TL/VL, TL/VH, TH/VL, TH/VH
Test Frequencies (as specified in TS36.508 [7] subclause 4.3.1)		Low range, Mid range, High range
Test Channel Bandwidths (as specified in TS 36.508 [7] subclause 4.3.1)		5MHz, Highest
Test Parameters for Channel Bandwidths and Narrowband positions
	Downlink Configuration	Uplink Configuration
Ch BW		Mod’n	RB allocation
			FDD and HD-FDD	TDD	Narrowband index¹
5MHz	N/A for EVM equalizer spectrum	QPSK	24	24	0
10MHz	flatness testing	QPSK	24	24	0
15MHz		QPSK	24	24	0
20MHz		QPSK	24	24	0
Note 1: Denotes the lowest narrowband index in the channel bandwidth where the wideband shall be placed. The allocation is contiguous, starting from the lowest narrowband index. Narrowband, Narrowband index and Wideband are defined in TS 36.211 [8], 5.2.4.

1. Connect the SS to the UE antenna connectors as shown in TS 36.508 [7] Figure A.3 using only main UE Tx/Rx antenna.

2. The parameter settings for the cell are set up according to TS 36.508 [7] subclause 4.4.3.

3. Downlink signals are initially set up according to Annex C0, C.1 and C.3.0, and uplink signals according to Annex H.1 and H.3.0.

4. The UL Reference Measurement channels are set according to in Table 6.5.2.4EC.4.1-1.

5. Propagation conditions are set according to Annex B.0

6. Ensure the UE is in State 3A-RF-CE according to TS 36.508 [7] clause 5.2A.2AA. Message contents are defined in clause 6.5.2.4EC.4.3.

6.5.2.4EC.4.2 Test procedure

Same test procedure as in clause 6.5.2.4EA.4.2 with the following exception.

– Instead of Table 6.5.2.4EA.4.1-1 🡪 use Table 6.5.2.4EC.4.1-1.

6.5.2.4EC.4.3 Message contents

Same message contents as in clause 6.5.2.4EA.4.3.

6.5.2.4EC.5 Test requirement

Same test requirement as in clause 6.5.2.4EA.5.

6.5.2.4G EVM equalizer spectrum flatness for V2X transmission

6.5.2.4G.1 EVM equalizer spectrum flatness for V2X Communication / Non-concurrent with E-UTRA uplink transmissions

6.5.2.4G.1.1 Test Purpose

The zero-forcing equalizer correction applied in the EVM measurement process (as described in Annex E) must meet a spectrum flatness requirement for the EVM measurement to be valid. The EVM equalizer spectrum flatness is defined in terms of the maximum peak-to-peak ripple of the equalizer coefficients (dB) across the V2X sidelink allocated block variation in dB of the equalizer coefficients generated by the EVM measurement process. The EVM equalizer spectrum flatness requirement does not limit the correction applied to the signal in the EVM measurement process but for the EVM result to be valid, the equalizer correction that was applied must meet the EVM equalizer spectrum flatness minimum requirements. The basic measurement interval is the same as for EVM.

6.5.2.4G.1.2 Test applicability

This test case applies to all types of UE that supports V2X Sidelink communication and Band 47.

6.5.2.4G.1.3 Minimum conformance requirements

The peak-to-peak variation of the EVM equalizer coefficients contained within the frequency range of the V2X sidelink allocation shall not exceed the maximum ripple. The EVM equalizer spectrum flatness shall not exceed the values specified in Table 6.5.2.4G.1.3-1 for normal conditions. For V2X sidelink allocations contained within both Range 1 and Range 2, the coefficients evaluated within each of these frequency ranges shall meet the corresponding ripple requirement and the following additional requirement: the relative difference between the maximum coefficient in Range 1 and the minimum coefficient in Range 2 must not be larger than 5 dB, and the relative difference between the maximum coefficient in Range 2 and the minimum coefficient in Range 1 must not be larger than 7 dB (see Figure 6.5.2.4G.1.3-1).

The EVM equalizer spectrum flatness shall not exceed the values specified in Table 6.5.2.4G.1.3-2 for extreme conditions. For uplink allocations contained within both Range 1 and Range 2, the coefficients evaluated within each of these frequency ranges shall meet the corresponding ripple requirement and the following additional requirement: the relative difference between the maximum coefficient in Range 1 and the minimum coefficient in Range 2 must not be larger than 6 dB, and the relative difference between the maximum coefficient in Range 2 and the minimum coefficient in Range 1 must not be larger than 10 dB (see Figure 6.5.2.4G.1.3-1).

For intra-band contiguous multi-carrier operation the above EVM equalizer spectrum flatness requirement shall apply for each component carrier.

Table 6.5.2.4G.1.3-1: Minimum requirements for EVM equalizer spectrum flatness (normal conditions)

Frequency Range	Maximum Ripple [dB]
F_{UL_Meas}– F_{UL_Low}≥ 3 MHz and F_{UL_High}– F_{UL_Meas}≥ 3 MHz (Range 1)	4 (p-p)
F_{UL_Meas}– F_{UL_Low}< 3 MHz or F_{UL_High} – F_{UL_Meas}< 3 MHz (Range 2)	8 (p-p)
Note 1: F_{UL_Meas}refers to the sub-carrier frequency for which the equalizer coefficient is evaluated Note 2: F_{UL_Low} and F_{UL_High} refer to each E-UTRA frequency band specified in Table 5.2G-1

Table 6.5.2.4G.1.3-2: Minimum requirements for EVM equalizer spectrum flatness (extreme conditions)

F_{UL_Meas}– F_{UL_Low}≥ 5 MHz and F_{UL_High}– F_{UL_Meas}≥ 5 MHz

(Range 1)

4 (p-p)

F_{UL_Meas}– F_{UL_Low}< 5 MHz or F_{UL_High} – F_{UL_Meas}< 5 MHz

(Range 2)

12 (p-p)

Note 1: F_{UL_Meas}refers to the sub-carrier frequency for which the equalizer coefficient is evaluated

Note 2: F_{UL_Low} and F_{UL_High} refer to each E-UTRA frequency band specified in Table 5.2G-1

Figure 6.5.2.4G.1.3-1: The limits for EVM equalizer spectrum flatness with the maximum allowed variation of the coefficients indicated (the ETC minimum requirement within brackets)

The normative reference for this requirement is TS 36.101 clause 6.5.2.4.1.

6.5.2.4G.1.4 Test description

6.5.2.4G.1.4.1 Initial conditions

Initial conditions are a set of test configurations the UE needs to be tested in and the steps for the SS to take with the UE to reach the correct measurement state.

The initial test configurations consist of environmental conditions, test frequencies, and channel bandwidths based on E-UTRA bands specified in sub-clause 5.2G. All of these configurations shall be tested with applicable test parameters for each channel bandwidth, and are shown in table 6.5.2.4G.1.4.1-1 the details of the sidelink reference measurement channels (RMCs) are specified in A.8.3 and the GNSS configuration in TS 36.508 [7] subclause 4.11.

Table 6.5.2.4G.1.4.1-1: Test Configuration Table for PSSCH and PSCCH

Initial Conditions
Test Environment (as specified in TS 36.508 [7] subclause 4.1)		NC
Test Frequencies (as specified in TS36.508 [7] subclause 4.3.1)		Low range, Mid range, High range
Test Channel Bandwidths (as specified in subclause 5.4.2G)		Lowest, Highest
Test Parameters for Channel Bandwidths
	V2X Configuration to Transmit
Ch BW	Mod’n	PSSCH RB Allocation
10MHz	QPSK	48@2
20MHz	QPSK	96@2
Note 1: Test Channel Bandwidths are checked separately for each E-UTRA band, which applicable channel bandwidths are specified in specified in subclause 5.4.2G.

1. Connect the SS and GNSS simulator to the UE antenna connectors as shown in TS 36.508[7] Figure A.92.

3. The V2X reference measurement channel is set according to Table 6.5.2.4G.1.4.1-1

4. The GNSS simulator is configured for Scenario #1: static in Geographical area #1, as defined in TS36.508 [7] Table 4.11.2-2. Geographical area #1 is also pre-configured in the UE.

5. Propagation conditions are set according to Annex B.0;

6. Ensure the UE is in State 5A-V2X in Transmit Mode according to TS 36.508 [7] clause 4.5.9.

7. The GNSS simulator is triggered to start step 1 of Scenario #1 to simulate a location in the centre of Geographical area #1. Wait for the UE to acquire the GNSS signal and start to transmit.

6.5.2.4G.1.4.2 Test procedure

1. The V2X UE schedules the V2X RMC with transmission power at P_UMAXlevel according to SL-V2X-Preconfiguration which is in line with the test configuration in Table 6.5.2.4G.1.4.1-1;

2. Measure spectrum flatness using Global In-Channel Tx-Test (Annex E).

6.5.2.4G.1.4.3 Message contents

Message contents are according to TS 36.508 [7] subclause Table 6.8.2.1-1with the following exceptions:

Table 6.5.2.4G.1.4.3-1: SL-V2X-Preconfiguration-r14

Derivation Path: 36.508 Table 4.10.1.1-1
Information Element	Value/remark	Comment	Condition
SL-V2X-Preconfiguration-r14 ::= SEQUENCE {
v2x-PreconfigFreqList-r14 SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxFreq)) OF SEQUENCE {	One entry of v2x-PreconfigFreqInfo
SL-V2X-PreconfigFreqInfo-r14[1] ::= SEQUENCE {
v2x-CommPreconfigGeneral-r14 SEQUENCE {		SL-PreconfigGeneral-r12
maxTxPower-r12	23		Power class3
maxTxPower-r12	26		Power class2
sl-bandwidth-r12	n50	10Mhz
sl-bandwidth-r12	n100	20Mhz
}
v2x-CommPreconfigSync-r14 SEQUENCE {		SL-PreconfigSync-r12
syncOffsetIndicators-r14 SEQUENCE {
syncOffsetIndicator1-r14	Not Present	Double synchronization signal transmission
}
}
v2x-CommRxPoolList-r14 SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxSL-V2X-RxPoolPreconf-r14)) OF SL-V2X-PreconfigCommPool-r14 {	1 entry
SL-V2X-PreconfigCommPool-r14[1]	SL-V2X-PreconfigCommPool-r14-DEFAULT using condition BITMAP_6 and exception listed in Table 6.5.2.4G.1.4.3-2
}
v2x-CommTxPoolList-r14 SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxSL-V2X-TxPoolPreconf-r14)) OF SL-V2X-PreconfigCommPool-r14 {
SL-V2X-PreconfigCommPool-r14[1]	SL-V2X-PreconfigCommPool-r14-DEFAULT using condition BITMAP_6 and exception listed in Table 6.5.2.4G.1.4.3-2
}
}
}
}

Table 6.5.2.4G.1.4.3-2: SL-V2X-PreconfigCommPool-r14-DEFAULT

Derivation Path: 36.508 Table 4.6.3-20J
Information Element	Value/remark	Comment	Condition
SL-CommResroucePoolV2X-r14-DEFAULT ::= SEQUENCE {
sl-Subframe-r14 CHOICE {
bs20-r14	11111111111111111111		BITMAP_6
}
dataTxParameters-r14 SEQUENCE {
p0-r12	31	It’s set to the maximum value to disable its effect on transmission power.
}
}

6.5.2.4G.1.5 Test requirement

Each of the 20 spectrum flatness functions, shall derive four ripple results in Annex E.4.4, The derived results shall not exceed the values in Figure 6.5.2.4G.5-1:

For normal conditions, the maximum ripple in Range 1 and Range 2 shall not exceed the values specified in Table 6.5.2.4G.5-1and the following additional requirement: the relative difference between the maximum coefficient in Range 1 and the minimum coefficient in Range 2 must not be larger than 6.4 dB, and the relative difference between the maximum coefficient in Range 2 and the minimum coefficient in Range 1 must not be larger than 8.4 dB (see Figure 6.5.2.4G.5-1).

For extreme conditions, the maximum ripple in Range 1 and Range 2 shall not exceed the values specified in Table 6.5.2.4G.5-2 and the following additional requirement: the relative difference between the maximum coefficient in Range 1 and the minimum coefficient in Range 2 must not be larger than 7.4dB, and the relative difference between the maximum coefficient in Range 2 and the minimum coefficient in Range 1 must not be larger than 11.4 dB (see Figure 6.5.2.4G.1.5-1).

Table 6.5.2.4G.5-1: Test requirements for EVM equalizer spectrum flatness (normal conditions)

Frequency Range	Maximum Ripple [dB]
F_{UL_Meas}– F_{UL_Low}≥ 3 MHz and F_{UL_High}– F_{UL_Meas}≥ 3 MHz (Range 1)	5.4 (p-p)
F_{UL_Meas}– F_{UL_Low}< 3 MHz or F_{UL_High} – F_{UL_Meas}< 3 MHz (Range 2)	9.4 (p-p)
Note 1: F_{UL_Meas}refers to the sub-carrier frequency for which the equalizer coefficient is evaluated Note 2: F_{UL_Low} and F_{UL_High} refer to each E-UTRA frequency band specified in Table 5.2-1

Table 6.5.2.4G.5-2: Test requirements for spectrum flatness (extreme conditions)

Frequency Range	Maximum Ripple [dB]
F_{UL_Meas}– F_{UL_Low}≥ 5 MHz and F_{UL_High}– F_{UL_Meas}≥ 5 MHz (Range 1)	5.4 (p-p)
F_{UL_Meas}– F_{UL_Low}< 5 MHz or F_{UL_High} – F_{UL_Meas}< 5 MHz (Range 2)	13.4 (p-p)
Note 1: F_{UL_Meas}refers to the sub-carrier frequency for which the equalizer coefficient is evaluated Note 2: F_{UL_Low} and F_{UL_High} refer to each E-UTRA frequency band specified in Table 5.2-1

Figure 6.5.2.4G.5-1: The limits for EVM equalizer spectrum flatness with the maximum allowed variation of the coefficients indicated (the ETC minimum requirement within brackets)

6.5.2.4G.2 Void

6.5.2.4G.3 EVM equalizer spectrum flatness for V2X Communication / Intra-band contiguous multi-carrier operation

6.5.2.4G.3.1 Test purpose

The zero-forcing equalizer correction applied in the EVM measurement process (as described in Annex E) must meet a spectrum flatness requirement for the EVM measurement to be valid. The EVM equalizer spectrum flatness is defined in terms of the maximum peak-to-peak ripple of the equalizer coefficients (dB) across the V2X sidelink allocated block variation in dB of the equalizer coefficients generated by the EVM measurement process. The EVM equalizer spectrum flatness requirement does not limit the correction applied to the signal in the EVM measurement process but for the EVM result to be valid, the equalizer correction that was applied must meet the EVM equalizer spectrum flatness minimum requirements. The basic measurement interval is the same as for EVM.

6.5.2.4G.3.2 Test Applicability

This test case applies to all types of UE that supports Intra-band contiguous multi-carrier operation V2X Sidelink communication and Band 47.

6.5.2.4G.3.3 Minimum conformance requirements

The requirements of subclause 6.5.2.4.3 shall apply for V2X transmissions.

For intra-band contiguous multi-carrier operation the EVM equalizer spectrum flatness requirement of subclause 6.5.2.4.3 shall apply for each component carrier.

The normative reference for this requirement is TS 36.101 [2] subclause 6.5.2G.3 and subclause 6.5.2G.4

6.5.2.4G.3.4 Test Description

6.5.2.4G.3.4.1 Initial Conditions

Initial conditions specify the set of UE parameters that UE needs be test in and the steps that SS should take with UE to reach the correct measurement state.

The initial test conditions consist of environment conditions, test frequencies and channel bandwidth based on E-UTRAN operating bands specified in subclauses 5.2G and 5.4.2G and propagation conditions. All these configurations shall be tested with applicable parameters for each channel bandwidth, and are shown in table 6.5.2.4G.3.4.1-1; the details of reference channel are specified in sub-clause A.8.3 and the reference GNSS configuration in TS 36.508 [7] subclause 4.11.

6.5.2.4G.3.4.1-1: Test Configuration Table

Initial Conditions
Test Environment as specified in TS 36.508 [7] subclause 4.1			NC, TL/VL, TL/VH, TH/VL, TH/VH
Test Frequencies as specified in TS 36.508 [7] subclause 4.3.1			Low range, Mid range, High range
Test CC Combination setting(N_{RB_agg}) as specified in subclause 5.4.2G			Lowest N_{RB_agg}, Highest N_{RB_agg}
Test Parameters for Channel Bandwidths
V2X Multi-carrier Configuration		V2X PSSCH Allocation
CC1 N_RB	CC2 N_RB	CC1 & CC2 Mod		CC1 and CC2 RB Allocation
50	50	QPSK		48@2+48@2

1. Connect the SS and GNSS simulator to UE antenna connectors according to the figure A.89ain TS 36.508 [7] Annex A.

2. The GNSS simulator is configured for Scenario #1: static in Geographical area #1, as defined in TS36.508 [7] Table 4.11.2-2. Geographical area #1 is also pre-configured in the UE.

3. Propagation conditions are set according to Annex B.0.

4. Trigger the UE to reset UTC time. (NOTE: The UTC time reset may be performed by MMI or AT command (+CUTCR).)

5. The GNSS simulator is triggered to start step 1 of Scenario #1 to simulate a location in the centre of Geographical area #1. Wait for the UE to acquire the GNSS signal and start to transmit.

6. Ensure the UE is in the Side link State 5A-V2X in Transmit Mode, according to TS 36.508 [7] clause4.5.9. Message contents are defined in clause 6.5.2.4G.3.4.3

6.5.2.4G.3.4.2 Test Procedure

1. The V2X UE schedules the V2X RMC with transmission power at P_UMAXlevel according to SL-V2X-Preconfiguration which reflects the test configuration in Table 6.5.2.4G.3.4.1-1;

2. Measure spectrum flatness for each component carrier using Global In-Channel Tx-Test (Annex E).

6.5.2.4G.3.4.3 Message Contents

Message contents are according to TS 36.508 [7] subclause 4.10 Table 4.10.1.1-2 with the exceptions defined in clause 6.5.2.4G.1.4.3.

6.5.2.4G.3.5 Test requirement

Each of the 20 spectrum flatness functions, shall derive four ripple results in Annex E.9.1, The derived results for each component carrier shall not exceed the values in Figure 6.5.2.4G.3.5-1:

For normal conditions, the maximum ripple in Range 1 and Range 2 shall not exceed the values specified in Table 6.5.2.4G.3.5-1and the following additional requirement: the relative difference between the maximum coefficient in Range 1 and the minimum coefficient in Range 2 must not be larger than 6.4 dB, and the relative difference between the maximum coefficient in Range 2 and the minimum coefficient in Range 1 must not be larger than 8.4 dB (see Figure 6.5.2.4G.3.5-1).

For extreme conditions, the maximum ripple in Range 1 and Range 2 shall not exceed the values specified in Table 6.5.2.4G.3.5-2 and the following additional requirement: the relative difference between the maximum coefficient in Range 1 and the minimum coefficient in Range 2 must not be larger than 7.4dB, and the relative difference between the maximum coefficient in Range 2 and the minimum coefficient in Range 1 must not be larger than 11.4 dB (see Figure 6.5.2.4G.3.5-1).

Table 6.5.2.4G.3.5-1: Test requirements for EVM equalizer spectrum flatness (normal conditions)

Frequency Range	Maximum Ripple [dB]
F_{UL_Meas}– F_{UL_Low}≥ 3 MHz and F_{UL_High}– F_{UL_Meas}≥ 3 MHz (Range 1)	5.4 (p-p)
F_{UL_Meas}– F_{UL_Low}< 3 MHz or F_{UL_High} – F_{UL_Meas}< 3 MHz (Range 2)	9.4 (p-p)
Note 1: F_{UL_Meas}refers to the sub-carrier frequency for which the equalizer coefficient is evaluated Note 2: F_{UL_Low} and F_{UL_High} refer to each E-UTRA frequency band specified in Table 5.2-1

Table 6.5.2.4G.3.5-2: Test requirements for spectrum flatness (extreme conditions)

Frequency Range	Maximum Ripple [dB]
F_{UL_Meas}– F_{UL_Low}≥ 5 MHz and F_{UL_High}– F_{UL_Meas}≥ 5 MHz (Range 1)	5.4 (p-p)
F_{UL_Meas}– F_{UL_Low}< 5 MHz or F_{UL_High} – F_{UL_Meas}< 5 MHz (Range 2)	13.4 (p-p)
Note 1: F_{UL_Meas}refers to the sub-carrier frequency for which the equalizer coefficient is evaluated Note 2: F_{UL_Low} and F_{UL_High} refer to each E-UTRA frequency band specified in Table 5.2-1

Figure 6.5.2.4G.3.5-1: The limits for EVM equalizer spectrum flatness with the maximum allowed variation of the coefficients indicated (the ETC minimum requirement within brackets)